Compare commits

...

1006 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Vekhir --
00df744eb2 Merge branch 'fix-pkgrel-pkgver-match' into 'master'
fix(pkgbuild.sh): Use grep -Fx to check for pkgrel and pkgver declaration

Closes #242

See merge request archlinux/devtools!283
2025-08-20 12:58:34 +00:00
Vekhir
6dd555ed1f fix(pkgbuild.sh): Use grep -Fx to check for pkgrel and pkgver declaration
In order to automatically replace pkgrel and pkgver, we must first check
that they are declared in the usual way as a key-value pair.
If pkgrel or pkgver contain special characters like +, they are currently
interpreted as regex. Use --fixed-strings to instead signify that they should
be literal patterns. Since the declaration must be on its own line and anchors
can't be in literal patterns, also specify --line-regexp to only consider
whole line matches.

Using sed with --extended-regexp fails for a similar reason in that the +
is treated as a special character. As it's only use was to save some
typing (not repeating pkgver= and pkgrel=), remove the option.
2025-08-20 14:55:32 +02:00
Aaron Liu
3f0ebbc6d2 fix(license): add .gitignore to REUSE defaults
36 packages use this while 26 use *.pam and 21 use *.logrotate. Seems
anecdotally common enough to add this here.
2025-08-08 14:13:32 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
fc56ebedf3 fix(completion): fix bash completion for the license subcommand
Signed-off-by: Jakub Klinkovský <lahwaacz@archlinux.org>
2025-08-05 17:48:12 +02:00
Christian Heusel
01757e6904 fix(commitpkg): Quiet git ls-files output
So far all files in `needsversioning=(...)` have been printed to the
command line if they were found, which is not useful, especially now
that we have more files present there.

It makes sense however to keep the standard error output, as this gives
a actionable suggestion what one should to to fix the issue:

    > error: pathspec 'PKGBUILD' did not match any file(s) known to git
    > Did you forget to 'git add'?

Fixes #281

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-08-01 11:26:57 +02:00
Daniel M. Capella
c5fe8ff3e6 feat(license): Extend matches for sysusers/tmpfiles configs
Eg. to match:
- sysusers.conf
- $pkgname.sysusers
- $pkgname.sysusers.conf
2025-07-28 23:38:32 -04:00
Christian Heusel
ad7dd50bf3 chore(release): version v1.4.0 2025-07-25 09:04:45 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
5a381835e8 feat(config): set default build flags for Fortran
This implements RFC 54: https://rfc.archlinux.page/0054-fortran-flags/
2025-07-25 08:54:49 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
b8c475b3f4 feat(commitpkg): Integrate with pkgctl license
This will check for license compliance before committing.
2025-07-22 20:27:54 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
74cd46f092 feat(license): Add subcommand to check and setup licenses
This implements a part of RFC52. The new pkgctl license check subcommand calls reuse lint on
the provided directories while pkgctl license setup tries to make packages compliant with RFC40
by adding a LICENSE file and by generating a REUSE.toml.

Component: pkgctl license
2025-07-22 20:27:46 +02:00
Bert Peters
40f31f98a3 fix(autocomplete): don't add extra = for message 2025-05-12 22:49:22 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c6f5d72708 fix(common): Fix diffoscope looking at remote debug info
readelf will pull in remote debug info if allowed to. This is not really
what we expect for diffoscope diffs, especially when our server only has
debug info for one side of the diff.
2025-04-23 01:13:46 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
b4a5e5dbd9 fix(build): sync command description with the man page
The original wording sounded like `pkgctl build` by default updates the
checksums whenever `pkgver` is changed in PKGBUILD.
2025-04-18 15:56:51 +02:00
Levente Polyak
4926d9d8c5 chore(release): version v1.3.2 2025-02-25 22:05:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
7165e0d73e chore(conf): add whitespace to RUSTFLAGS option for unified style 2025-02-25 21:51:37 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8776dd39e8 chore(makerepropkg): unify indention style of the file 2025-02-25 21:32:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
fb4bf96d24 feat(makerepropkg): support conf.d makepkg config files from buildtool
Previously we have only copied the passed makepkg.conf file into the
chroot, which misses build flags for additional language specific files
that makepkg supports. Fix this by extracting all conf.d makepkg config
files from the detected devtools archive.

Component: makerepropkg
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-02-25 21:32:06 +01:00
Levente Polyak
96eff02801 feat(arch-nspawn): support conf.d makepkg config files
Previously we have only copied the passed makepkg.conf file into the
chroot, which misses build flags for additional language specific files
that makepkg supports. Fix this by also copying all config files that
match the `<file>.d/*.conf` glob.

Fixes #244

Component: arch-nspawn
Suggested-by: Rein Fernhout (Levitating) <me@levitati.ng>
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-02-25 21:20:31 +01:00
Levente Polyak
79c3162112 feat(config): provide vendored language specific makepkg.conf files
Vendor all language related makepkg.conf files which are also shipped by
makepkg itself. This makes sure we always have full control over the
build flags inside devtools and overlay any by the vendored config we
maintain in devtools.

Component: archbuild
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-02-15 11:43:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
43cd68d73e feat(archbuild): automatically recreate chroot on version mismatch
For our own archbuild script which is used for package building from a
template chroot, automatically handle the case where the template root
is out of date. Check the version and enable the clean flag by default
in case a mismatch is detected.

Component: archbuild
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-02-15 11:43:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
5c1948a357 chore(archroot): bump version to ensure fresh roots after config changes
We are currently facing reproducible builds issues as the
makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf file in the root chroot was leading to pacnew
files, which means the chroot did not use configs as expected from a
clean state. Work around this problem by bumping the chroot version and
ensure we get fresh chroots with expected configs

Component: archroot
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-02-15 11:24:31 +01:00
Bert Peters
acd6bda3ed Don't add extra "=" to repo completion 2025-02-01 15:45:36 +01:00
Christian Heusel
8af7a50c03 chore(release): version v1.3.1 2025-01-06 10:11:07 +01:00
Christian Heusel
bed2b5db28 fix(gitlab): prevent division by 0 for missing total pages
As it turns out the Gitlab api is not guaranteed to return the
x-total-pages header for larger query result which previously resulted
in a division by zero for pkgctl search as the utlity function assumed
that this value would always be set to a positive integer.

Fixes #255

Link: https://gitlab.com/gitlab-org/gitlab/-/issues/436373
Component: gitlab.sh
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-01-05 20:19:33 +01:00
Levente Polyak
47d5ea1e89 fix(version): Disable Git user configs to avoid side-effects
The nvchecker upstream version checks are expected to work as is on any
machines without the need of manual Git user configuration. However,
certain user configuration may have a side-effect on version checks.
Subsequently we try to avoid this situation by always disabling Git
config locations.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-01-03 23:35:59 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
8df81ecd7c fix: declare local arrays before using mapfile 2025-01-03 19:04:01 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
1101de9fb9 fix(offload-build): download logs even when the build fails
Fixes #260
2024-12-14 07:34:34 +01:00
Christian Heusel
d5e1c5fae3 fix: Display issue comments in chronological order
Fixes #259

Fixes: 0df36df ("feat(issue): add subcommand to list group and project issues")
Component: pkgctl issue view
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-12-13 21:33:51 +01:00
Zhou Qiankang
e8ab01d662 fix(checkpkg): add a default value for terminal width
* Ensures availability when $COLUMNS is not present

Signed-off-by: Zhou Qiankang <wszqkzqk@qq.com>
2024-12-08 23:51:12 +08:00
Christian Heusel
7d9c2e0648 chore(release): version v1.3.0 2024-12-04 22:37:59 +01:00
Christian Heusel
8bcbca830e fix(util): disable landlocking in fakeroot
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-12-04 18:15:13 +01:00
T.J. Townsend
68eb498347 chore: sync pacman configs with package defaults 2024-12-04 18:15:13 +01:00
Robin Candau
23f1314733 feat(release): Add a warning if nvchecker integration is not set
Hints to run `pkgctl version setup --help` to see how to set it up if needed.

Closes https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/issues/236
2024-12-03 22:32:59 +01:00
Levente Polyak
98b079f047 chore(doc): remove superfluous trailing whitespaces from pkgctl man 2024-12-03 22:19:58 +01:00
Levente Polyak
a319b0b852 feat(issue): add subcommand to edit an issue
The pkgctl issue edit command is used to modify an existing issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command allows users to update the issue's title,
description, and various attributes, ensuring that the issue information
remains accurate and up-to-date. It also provides a streamlined facility
for bug wranglers to categorize and prioritize issues efficiently.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the editing process is completed without losing any data.

Component: pkgctl issue edit
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:51 +01:00
Levente Polyak
a1e443856d feat(issue): add subcommand to create a new issue
The create command is used to create a new issue for an Arch Linux package.
This command is suitable for reporting bugs, regressions, feature requests, or
any other issues related to a package. It provides a flexible way to document
and track new issues within the project's issue tracking system.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

Users can provide a title for the issue directly through the command line.
The command allows setting various labels and attributes for the issue, such as
confidentiality, priority, scope, severity, and status.

In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the issue creation process is completed without losing any data.

Component: pkgctl issue create
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:36 +01:00
Levente Polyak
dfb65e95e3 feat(issue): add subcommand to move issues between projects
The move command allows users to transfer an issue from one project to another
within the Arch Linux packaging group. This is useful when an issue is
identified to be more relevant or better handled in a different project.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base from which to move the issue.

Users must specify the issue ID (IID) and the destination package to which the
issue should be moved. A comment message explaining the reason for the move can
be provided directly through the command line.

Component: pkgctl issue move
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:22 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4e7ec8b37f feat(issue): add subcommand to reopen issues
The reopen command is used to reopen a previously closed issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command is useful when an issue needs to be revisited
or additional work is required after it was initially closed.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for reopening the issue.

Component: pkgctl issue reopen
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:07 +01:00
Levente Polyak
292920ac7e feat(issue): add subcommand to close issues
This command is used to close an issue in Arch Linux packaging projects. It
finalizes the issue by marking it as resolved and optionally providing a reason
for its closure.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users have
the option to specify a different package base.

Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for closing the issue. Additionally, a specific resolution label can be
set to categorize the closure reason, with the default label being "completed."

Component: pkgctl issue close
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:18:52 +01:00
Levente Polyak
dde6539971 feat(issue): add subcommand to comment on issues
This command allows users to add comments to an issue in Arch Linux packaging
projects. This command is useful for providing feedback, updates, or any
additional information related to an issue directly within the project's issue
tracking system.

By default, the command interacts with the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

Component: pkgctl issue comment
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:18:38 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8803e5a57a feat(issue): add subcommand to view issue details and comments
This command is designed to display detailed information about a specific issue
in Arch Linux packaging projects. It gathers and pretty prints all relevant
data about the issue, providing a comprehensive view that includes the issue's
description, status as well as labels and creation date.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users have
the option to specify a different package base. Additionally, users can choose
to view the issue in a web browser for a more interactive experience.

Component: pkgctl issue view
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:18:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0df36dfa52 feat(issue): add subcommand to list group and project issues
The pkgctl issue list command is used to list issues associated with a specific
packaging project or the entire packaging subgroup in Arch Linux. This command
facilitates efficient issue management by allowing users to list and filter
issues based on various criteria.

Results can also be displayed directly in a web browser for easier navigation
and review.

Component: pkgctl issue list
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:17:39 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b9fe8ee947 chore(gitlab): move project name lookup to gitlab library functions
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:13:14 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
af56897f76 feat(offload-build): create or reuse a shared SSH socket with ControlMaster=auto 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
99c6c26a1c fix(offload-build): add end-of-options token (--) to all ssh and rsync commands 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
00f97fcd3d fix(offload-build): setup TEMPDIR in WORKDIR and fix trap override 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
effe511952 fix(offload-build): fix quoting in sshopts and rsyncopts 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
1cd213b2f5 fix(offload-build): ungolfing remote command execution
Instead of passing the command as one complex string to ssh, we create
an SSH master connection and use its control socket in multiple simpler
commands. The same socket is passed also to rsync to transfer the srcpkg
to the remote and to download the build artifacts.

Previously, the srcpkg was passed via stdin to ssh, which prevented
`pkgctl build --offload --inspect` from working. This change frees stdin
for proper remote ptty allocation.

However, it seems that ssh commands with and without the `-t` flag
cannot be multiplexed on a single connection, so there are technically
two SSH connections active for the offload-build execution.
2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b88dec322c feat(version): graceful config for packages without remote sources
Setup a blank config for packages without remote sources. This is
helpful so other commands like `pkgctl version check` operate gracefully
as well as we have easy way to find packages that miss nvchecker
config.

This must only be used for cases without an upstream, please reach out
to the developer team for guidance regarding upstream sources that are
hard to configure.

Component: pkgctl version setup
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-11-26 19:01:56 +01:00
Andreas Schleifer
e2ab07caff feat(version): add json output option to version check command
This allows for tools and data visualization to interface against pkgctl
with a machine readable output.

Fixes #237

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schleifer <segaja@archlinux.org>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-11-23 17:53:12 +01:00
Celeste Liu
5c0f8d37d5 fix(arch-nspawn): add --timezone=off to avoid pollute build environment
From systemd-nspawn(1),

	--timezone=
		Configures how /etc/localtime inside of the container (i.e. local timezone synchronization from host to container) shall be handled. Takes one of "off", "copy", "bind", "symlink", "delete" or "auto". If set to "off" the /etc/localtime file in the container
		is left as it is included in the image, and neither modified nor bind mounted over. If set to "copy" the /etc/localtime file of the host is copied into the container. Similarly, if "bind" is used, the file is bind mounted from the host into the container. If
		set to "symlink", a symlink is created pointing from /etc/localtime in the container to the timezone file in the container that matches the timezone setting on the host. If set to "delete", the file in the container is deleted, should it exist. If set to
		"auto" and the /etc/localtime file of the host is a symlink, then "symlink" mode is used, and "copy" otherwise, except if the image is read-only in which case "bind" is used instead. Defaults to "auto".

		Added in version 239.

After this commit, we need to recreate all build environment to clean up
pollution already existed.

resolve #250

Signed-off-by: Celeste Liu <CoelacanthusHex@gmail.com>
2024-11-09 20:26:28 +08:00
Christian Heusel
e1401ce41c fix: disable confirmation when dropping packages
Since commit 1d433f6 ("feat(db): confirm list of all packages that will be removed") packages need confirmation by default when being dropped from the db. If we make it to the DB drop phase the package already is pushed to the AUR, so it is safe to remove from the database and not removing it would create a somewhat broken state, so we assume that the package should unconditionally be removed from the db.

Component: pkgctl aur drop-from-repo
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-09-29 12:40:22 +02:00
Orhun Parmaksız
8612b41a20 fix: update the personal access token URL
PAT settings are now under `user_settings` instead of `profile`

Component: pkgctl auth login
2024-09-25 13:20:46 +02:00
Jaroslav Lichtblau
fbb661645b doc: fix the example in the help text
Without the "--release" flag the example command fails with
==> ERROR: cannot use --message without --release.

Component: pkgctl build
2024-09-10 10:59:18 +02:00
Christian Heusel
f1dc2e18f7 fix: remove duplicate error message
It seems like nvchecker emits two log entries for errors:

    $ nvchecker --logger json -c .nvchecker.toml
    {"logger_name": "nvchecker.core", "name": "curl", "event": "token not given but it is required", "level": "error"}
    {"logger_name": "nvchecker.core", "name": "curl", "error": "token not given but it is required", "event": "no-result", "level": "error"}

This leads to a double error message as described in the related issue,
which we fix by narrowing the selector to filter for the error entry.

Fixes #235

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-09-08 22:38:19 +02:00
Christian Heusel
c9d821448b fix(makechrootpkg): improve btrfs sanity checks
If the chroot was created in a way where it resides on a BTRFS file
system but "$copydir/root" is not a snapshot an error like the following
would be emitted:

  $ makechrootpkg -r ~/chroot
  ==> Synchronizing chroot copy [/home/chris/chroot/root] -> [chris]...ERROR: Not a Btrfs subvolume: Invalid argument
  ==> ERROR: Unable to create subvolume /home/chris/chroot/chris

Fix this by adding an additional check, which detects if the folder is
actually the root of a BTRFS snapshot before attempting to clone it.

Related to https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/merge_requests/259

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-09-08 22:33:45 +02:00
Fox2Code
a620250535 doc: specify default chroot folder for pkgctl-build 2024-08-21 11:26:33 +02:00
Jaroslav Lichtblau
27eebe383d doc: fix the example command in the help text
the '--pkgver' argument is not space-separated but instead specified
with an equals sign.

Component: pkgctl build
2024-06-26 21:00:19 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
d6d416b653 feat(checkpkg): enhance diff command for comparing file lists
Replace `sdiff` with `diff` (also from `diffutils`) with the following
parameters:

- `--side-by-side` for the `sdiff`-like output
- `--suppress-common-lines` for the `sdiff -s` behavior
- `--width="$COLUMNS"` to use the full terminal width (long lines are
  still truncated but it is definitely better than the default width of
  130 chars)
- `--color=auto` just because 😉
2024-06-26 07:40:12 +02:00
Chih-Hsuan Yen
9ff63503b9 fix(pkgctl): make sure git signing uses PGP
Component: pkgctl repo configure
2024-06-19 17:37:18 +08:00
Christian Heusel
3f02a1a24c chore(release): version v1.2.1 2024-06-18 14:14:22 +02:00
Christian Heusel
1df0979da6 fix(common): guard the WORKDIR environment var
This avoids the unwanted removal of the folder if someone has already
pre-defined the variable.

Fixes #219

Suggested-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-06-15 14:55:18 +02:00
Christian Heusel
c1a3ed224b misc: add a editorconfig to devtools
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-06-11 22:04:58 +02:00
David Runge
144f9a871e fix(version): Ignore warnings when nvchecker ignores invalid versions
Since version 2.15.1 nvchecker emits a warning for version strings that
it consideres invalid (e.g. in the case of PyPI).
These warning messages get in the way (the first version emitted via a
warning is used as version to compare against) of retrieving the latest
version of an upstream and therefore we ignore them.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: David Runge <dvzrv@archlinux.org>
2024-06-09 14:36:47 +02:00
Christian Heusel
44328cd9a3 test: fix the testcases so they pass again
The expected output for these tests has now changed since git smash
(which we test against) has changed their version scheme.

Component: pkgctl version setup
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-06-08 17:35:46 +02:00
Christian Heusel
0e2b16b0ac fix: disable systemd-nspawn terminal coloring
Systemd 256 introduces functionality which colors the terminal
background on systemd-nspawn invocations which makes the pkgctl output
look weird.

Disable this bevaviour for pkgctl, so it stays active for arch-nspawn
(for now).

Component: pkgctl
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-05-22 12:33:09 +02:00
Maharshi Basu
6f0a8c345d doc: add manpage info for pkgctl, pkgctl-db(1) & pkgctl-build
Changes made:
- add description in doc/man/pkgctl.1.asciidoc
- add description in doc/man/pkgctl-db(1).asciidoc
- add manpage for pkgctl-db(1) in doc/man/pkgctl-db(1).asciidoc

Fixes #231

Signed-off-by: Maharshi Basu <basumaharshi10@gmail.com>
2024-05-18 20:36:09 +02:00
依云
5f19853414 feat: support bind mounting a tmpfs
A .cache can be bind mounted into the container to save the caches for
reuse, but sometimes we want to exclude specific caches (because they
don't work well, e.g. bazel's).

Component: makechrootpkg
2024-05-18 19:39:18 +02:00
Frédéric Pierret (fepitre)
2b62ac660d feat(mkarchroot): allow to specify file destination inside chroot
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-05-18 13:53:39 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
7cb72699f6 fix: consider all git repos inside the chroot safe
Git 2.45.1 expanded its security checks to deny cloning even local repos
that are owned by another user. Previously, this just affected network
filesystems.

On our buildserver, this prevents makepkg from cloning repos from our
shared srcdest into the srcdir, if these repos were created by another
packager.

To disable this check, set `safe.directory` to `*`. This looks like a
glob, but is really just a special value. The only other option would be
to add each Git repository in srcdest to the configuration.

Component: makechrootpkg
2024-05-18 00:15:06 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d1790c295a fix(version): escape pkgbase in nvchecker toml
This fixes issues with packages containing plus signs, that need to be
escaped in toml as well as the extended grep regex.

Component: pkgctl version check
2024-05-10 21:22:23 +02:00
Levente Polyak
12a0d0c7b5 chore(release): version v1.2.0 2024-05-01 16:38:19 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
952f483574 feat(offload-build): fetch logs after building from the remote server
Since logs from offloaded builds are collected in a temporary directory
on the remote server, it is rather difficult/error-prone to get to them,
because the path changes in each rebuild. Fetching logs from the server
into $LOGDEST makes it easier to investigate them and also brings the
behavior of offload-build closer to archbuild.

Log files are always downloaded, even for failed builds.

Component: offload-build
Signed-off-by: Jakub Klinkovský <lahwaacz@archlinux.org>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-30 23:30:47 +02:00
Christian Heusel
c484a55cde fix(version): dont die if no PKGBUILD is found
So far the commands would stop execution if one of the target
directories did not contain a PKGBUILD instead of just reporting failure
for that directory. Fix this by replacing the 'die' calls with setting
the error for the spinner facility.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-04-29 19:04:46 +02:00
Robin Candau
a46b2d4fb7 feat(repo): add repo clean command to remove untracked files
This introduces the `pkgctl repo clean` command which removes every
untracked files from local package repositories (via `git clean`).

The usage is as simple as `pkgctl repo clean [OPTION] [PATH]` (where
"[PATH]" can be equal to a wildcard "*").

Component: pkgctl repo clean
2024-04-28 19:42:02 +02:00
Felix Yan
e828111ff7 feat(arch-nspawn): add support for pacman CacheServer
pacman 6.1 added support for CacheServer which allows us to download
packages faster and reduce the burden on tier0 server.

They won't be used to fetch databases so it should be pretty safe in the
repository consistency context.

Component: arch-nspawn
2024-04-28 17:06:46 +02:00
Levente Polyak
35b417d226 fix(db): check valid target repo on db remove
Return an error and abort operation when an invalid target repo is
passed.

Component: pkgctl db remove
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-28 15:56:00 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1d433f600e feat(db): confirm list of all packages that will be removed
Sometimes it isn't obvious which set of packages are removed from a
split package when the pkgbase matches also a subset of a pkgbase. This
can happen for example with bootstrapping packages, when the intention
is to just remove a partial part of the bootstrap pkgbase.

To make the intention more explicit, list all to be removed packages and
await for confirmation.

Component: pkgctl db remove
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-28 15:55:53 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7b553afcb2 feat(db): add partial split package option to db remove
By default passing a pkgbase removes all split packages, debug packages
as well as entries from the state repo for all existing architectures.

When using the `--partial` option it may most likely lead to undesired
effects by leaving debug packages behind as well as dangling entries in
the state repository. However, for specific use cases its required to
get rid of old split package parts.

Fixes #218

Component: pkgctl db remove
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-27 18:38:12 +02:00
sfan5
01614c6817 feat(arch-nspawn): set console mode to autopipe
systemd-nspawn sets up a pts in the container by default which build
scripts might use to ask for interactive input.  This is only okay if
the host side is also a TTY.  The 'autopipe' mode deals with this
situation appropriately.
2024-04-27 14:52:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
dced77d23d fix(completion): fix erroneous completion variables
The architecture definition of the variable was using invalid bash
syntax and was previously unused:

    $ _binary_arch=${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ARCHES[*]:0:-1}
    bash: -1: substring expression < 0

We therefore fix the definition of the variable and use it for the
autocompletion of the offload-build command.

Furthermore fix wrongly named architecture variables that have been
missed from previous refactoring.

Fixes #222

Component: completion
Fixes: f961e2e ("completion: implemented structured declarative bash completions")
Fixes: 4173e0a ("chore: refactor variable names in valid-{tags,repos}.sh")
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-24 22:55:18 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5780ba0e38 fix(release): ensure we release split package uploads as one batch
Use a central location in common.sh to define the default rsync options.
Switch to use batched uploads by targeting a partial directory which is
not taken into account by db update. Instead, once all packages that
belong to a split package group are uploaded into the .partial
directory, all artifacts are moved in one batch into the staging
directory of the repo server. This reduced the window of opportunity for
a partial release significantly to a tiny window.

Component: pkgctl release
2024-04-23 22:48:55 +02:00
Levente Polyak
9a5181db5b feat(pkgctl): add internal update checksums to better control output
This allows us to have more control over the output and status logs.
Using this method we are able to avoid cluttering the version upgrade
subcommand while downloading sources for updating the checksums.

Having this internally will also allow us in the future to have smart
checksums updating by only trying to change the checksums of sources
that have actually changed, for example when adjusting a patch file we
should avoid trying to overwrite the archive checksums unintentionally.

Component: pkgctl version upgrade
2024-04-23 20:23:49 +02:00
Robin Candau
55c2ca1312 feat(version): let upgrade subcommand also update checksums
This commit aims to make 'pkgctl version upgrade' also update checksums
in addition of bumping the pkgver and reseting the pkgrel.

Component: pkgctl version upgrade
2024-04-23 20:23:42 +02:00
Vekhir --
ccee85b2ab fix: conflicting packages when using -I
Originally fixed in b7893a2ca8, that approach created another bug when packages have several providers. In that case, pacman expects a number, so "yes" is not a valid answer, leading to an infinite loop.

Using the undocumented, but stable option "--ask=4" allows to selectively change the default answer for conflicts, therefore properly fixing the underlying issue.
See also: https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues/60
Fixes #163

Component: makechrootpkg
2024-04-16 23:50:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
05bea3e922 test: add basic bats setup and test cases for version setup
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-03-23 23:57:46 +01:00
Levente Polyak
de0ea3b2f8 fix(version): do not prompt for input on terminal during check
In certain scenarios, like when an URL is checked that asks for
credentials or other kind of input, the process blocks and waits for
stdin input. This isn't particularly useful during scripted execution
and in our cases also just an indicator for like a none existing GitHub
repository.

To avoid this situation, disable git terminal prompts.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-03-23 23:57:45 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
81f5e7b3b3 feat(version): add command to automatically detect and setup nvchecker
Introduce a new version subcommand `setup` which does a best effort to
generate the most minimal required .nvchecker.toml file for specific
sources.

It supports a wide range of common sources like:
- Git, GitHub, GitLab, Hackage, NPM, PyPI, RubyGems, CPAN, crates.io

The creation logic is based on matching a domain for a source which is
something predictable and then simply passes an array of the url parts
for every source creator to extract the useful bits out of the url
array.

Component: pkgctl version setup
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@archlinux.org>
2024-03-23 23:57:45 +01:00
Levente Polyak
01b6b0849e doc(man): fix cut off page names by switching to modern asciidoctor
Asciidoc is the old reference implementation in Python, which has some
shortcoming. Specifically we are hitting cut off page names for long
subcommands. Fix this by switching to a more modern implementation named
asciidoctor.

During the migration, get rid of the explicit asciidoc.conf file that
was required to define a linkman macro, which is now supported out of
the box.

Fixes #170

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-03-09 02:48:14 +01:00
Caleb Maclennan
7033554e45 fix(drop-from-repo): avoid Git trying to push tags to the AUR
If users have enabled push.followTags in their Git config then dropping
packages to the AUR spews errors because all the release tags from
official repos are rejected by AUR repos.
2024-03-09 01:33:56 +01:00
Morten Linderud
40f476c649 fix(pkgctl): skip path arguments that are not directories
Several subcommands accept multiple paths in a way that passing a
wildcard is an expected use case. Previously this wasn't possible if the
main directory contained any text files or scripts.
Fix this by skipping none directory paths for such commands.

Component: pkgctl
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2024-03-09 00:49:24 +01:00
Levente Polyak
509dd24bdc fix(completion): allow multi opts more than once in zsh
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-29 23:35:29 +01:00
Frederik “Freso” S. Olesen
7a9ef3bc57 feat(makepkg.conf): Add no-omit-frame-pointer flags by default
RFC-26 proposes to add -fno-omit-frame-pointer and
-mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer to the default compilation flags
to improve the effectiveness of profiling and debugging tools.

See https://rfc.archlinux.page/0026-fno-omit-frame-pointer/
2024-02-29 21:39:22 +01:00
Levente Polyak
354c9dcd12 fix(drop-from-repo): avoid error when updating remote head
We can only update the local ref to the remote head from main to master
once we have actually pushed the master branch to the remote. If we do
this too early, the call will simply error out.

Instead, only update the local head for the configured remote after we
have successfully renamed the branch and pushed it to the AUR.

Fixes #212

Component: pkgctl aur drop-from-repo
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-29 21:20:31 +01:00
Orhun Parmaksız
39eaeaa4b2 feat(offload-build): use rsync instead of scp
This commit simply replaces the usage of `scp` with `rsync`
for faster file transfer.

Signed-off-by: Orhun Parmaksız <orhunparmaksiz@gmail.com>
2024-02-15 22:23:54 +01:00
kpcyrd
c79a993148 feat(makepkg.conf): Increase _FORTIFY_SOURCE level to 3
RFC: https://rfc.archlinux.page/0017-increase-fortification-level/
2024-02-14 02:08:01 +01:00
Levente Polyak
6d0ac6b9a8 chore(release): version v1.1.1 2024-02-14 01:40:16 +01:00
Levente Polyak
66a4357f3e fix(common): ensure TERM is always set with a fallback to dumb
This avoids some corner cases that some applications behave ill when
TERM is completely unset. Instead, ensure we set TERM to dumb as a
fallback, which should serve better than not having any term defined.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-14 01:28:40 +01:00
Christian Heusel
db2f82bf19 feat(offload-build): preserve the TERM variable
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-14 01:28:34 +01:00
Christian Heusel
e0a84aefc3 fix(common): check before using tput with a fallback for colors
The latest release of devtools has included some pretty printing
capabilities and fancy terminal stuff with the spinner and so on.

It seems like the existing safeguards to disable this for incapable
terminals were not enough though, therefore we saw two types of errors:

- offload-build:
  ```
  ==> Building in chroot for [extra] (x86_64)...
  tput: unknown terminal "unknown"
  tput: unknown terminal "unknown"
  tput: unknown terminal "unknown"
  ```
- repro builders:
  ```
  ==> Successfully switched <package> to version <version>
  tput: No value for $TERM and no -T specified
  ERROR: Failed checkout <package>
  ```

The recently included fail option made this error populate to the
command level and therefore increased its impact from a not so nice
logging message to a more severe problem which made the command abort.

We fix this by checking if tput is supported or else use the raw escape
sequences instead of tput commands.

Fixes: fedfc80 ("feat(term): add terminal utils to handle a dynamic spinner")
Fixes: 66e83c9 ("feat(version): pretty print and group together version check results")
Fixes: d0dc0e1 ("feat(search): add optional plain output formatting")
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-14 01:21:28 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
98bd7e3760 fix(build): explicitly add --nosign when building a srcpkg
We should explicitly instruct makepkg to not sign the source package,
even when the BUILDENV array in makepkg.conf contains 'sign'. The
devtools workflow is to always sign separately from building, which is
different from makepkg and it should not depend on its configuration.

Furthermore, this function is currently used only in offload-build to
collect sources that are transferred to the server before the build
itself. Signing this source package does not provide any benefits.
2024-02-11 13:37:49 +01:00
Christian Heusel
3e79cb8f4a doc: add pacman-contrib to optdeps in the README
We are depending on updpkgsums for the --update-checksums option used in
pkgctl build. Document this requirement.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-10 20:13:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1cf402eae9 fix(build): forward target repo options to the release subcommand
The adequate target repo options are not appropriately forwarded to the
release subcommand if the auto-release options is activated. Previously
we did not restrict the --repo option, which the build option has used
as a shortcut. Since last release, this option is restricted to new
packages that are not in any official repository yet.

Fix this issue by forwarding the same target repo options that have been
used during the build command and not forcefully the --repo options.

Fixes #209

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-09 20:18:30 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0469d3c902 fix(build): avoid trying to download none existing debug packages
Since last release, offload building now has proper error handling
enabled. This unfortunately lead to a regression for packages, like any
packages, where makepkg claims debug packages are available during
--packagelist while none were actually built. This leads to the scp
command failing when trying to download the none existing packages
which ultimately leads to a termination of the build script.

Fix this by filtering out package files that do not exist before trying
to download them.

Fixes #208

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-08 22:08:54 +01:00
Christian Heusel
f6b1b1ba45 doc: add curl to the dependencies in the README
We use curl all over pkgctl, i.e. to do the Gitlab API calls.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-08 02:01:55 +01:00
Christian Heusel
36ece44b12 chore(release): version v1.1.0 2024-02-08 01:31:00 +01:00
Levente Polyak
fc05ea19d9 fix(build): allow unstable repositories to override repo target
This works around the fact that we are currently not auto detecting
unstable repository targets while providing a stability layer option on
the subcommand. Soften the --repo option rules by allowing unstable
repositories to use that flag for building and releasing against the
unstable repositories.

This will be replaced in the near future by proper integration of target
repository auto-detection that in aware of unstable repositories while
providing a unstable stability layer options.

Component: pkgctl build
Component: pkgctl release
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-08 01:21:40 +01:00
Levente Polyak
3ecba314fc feat(build): consolidate repo flags in build and release subcommand
Previously the behavior was inconsistent and not fully fulfilling its
purpose of only using --repo once when initially pushing a new and
unknown package to the official repositories.

Consolidate the behavior by only allowing to use --repo during the
initial packaging and disallow any subsequent usage. The expected user
experience is to subsequently use --testing or --staging to influence
the auto-detection of the build target. This avoids any kind of human
error which leads to releasing core packages to extra-testing by
accident.

Furthermore, allow the build subcommand to automatically fallback to
extra as the default stable repository target which greatly improves the
usability for AUR or local override builds.

Fixes #193
Fixes #191

Component: pkgctl build
Component: pkgctl release
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-08 00:52:20 +01:00
Christian Heusel
5042dcaeb4 feat(build): allow to test-install the built packages
This change introduces the new --install-to-host flag to pkgctl build,
which can be used with one of the modes 'all' or 'auto'. Depending on
the mode either all or just already installed packages are installed to
the host system.

BREAKING CHANGE: the --install flag is renamed to --install-to-chroot
to avoid confusion with the newly introduced flag.

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-06 19:38:50 +01:00
Levente Polyak
67fdb58758 feat(search): add status spinner to long running GitLab calls
This helps people to be slightly more patient as the progress status
update includes the current percentage.

Component: pkgctl search
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-06 17:37:17 +01:00
Carl Smedstad
eabb1a9313 fix(doc): Correct typo in version check error message
Change 'none pkgbase' to 'non-pkgbase' as the sentence refers sections
that are not the pkgbase section, rather than an empty pkgbase section
or something of that sort that could be misconstrued by using the word
'none'.

Component: pkgctl version check
2024-02-05 12:25:18 +01:00
Carl Smedstad
a7a2f25fb0 fix(version): Handle pkgbase with '.' correctly
For pkgbases with '.' in the name, the TOML-section must be wrapped in
double quotes in order for it not to be parsed as a supersection and a
subsection. This case was not properly handled by checks for if the
TOML-file contains a pkgbase section, and for if the TOML-file contains
superfluous sections. Address this by handling optional double quotes in
the greps related to said checks.

This was discovered in the AUR package ruby-cool.io and the issue can be
reproduced with the following minimal PKGBUILD and .nvchecker.toml file:

    $ cat PKGBUILD
    pkgname=ruby-cool.io
    pkgver=1.8.0
    $ cat .nvchecker.toml
    ["ruby-cool.io"]
    source = "gems"
    gems = "cool.io"

Before the fix:

    $ pkgctl version check
    Failure
     x ruby-cool.io: missing pkgbase section in .nvchecker.toml: ruby-cool.io

After the fix:

    $ pkgctl version check
    GEN lib/version/check.sh
    Out-of-date
     ✓ ruby-cool.io: current version 1.8.0 is latest

Component: pkgctl version check
2024-02-05 12:25:18 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
800cf9b56b fix(version): fix typo never should be newer
Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version update
2024-02-05 11:54:55 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4d72f4560c doc(version): extensively revamp documentation for version subcommands
Enhanced and overhauled the documentation for the 'version' subcommand.
The improvements include comprehensive details on the subcommand's
behavior, usage, and a variety of scenarios it handles.

Added a central section within the pkgctl-version manpage that documents
the nvchecker configuration and rules.

Component: pkgctl version
Singled-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:45:16 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e3edf25554 feat(version): use exit code for check to indicate out-of-date versions
It can be handy to have an exit code that allows better status
indication or chaining.

On exit, return one of the following codes:

- 0: Normal exit condition, all checked versions are up-to-date
- 1: Unknown cause of failure
- 2: Normal exit condition, but there are out-of-date versions
- 3: Failed to run some version checks

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:45:10 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b258bb3b7c feat(version): add verbose option to display up-to-date versions
Sometimes it can be desired to get a results for each entry even if the
current version is up-to-date. Add a --verbose option to print this
optional detail.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:45:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
08ece1640b feat(version): add spinner while checking upstream versions
It may take quite some time to check a lot of upstream versions.
However, we still want to nicely group the results together. To avoid
just showing a static status message it makes much more sense to show a
dynamic spinner with a summary of the progress.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:44:57 +01:00
Levente Polyak
fedfc80ca1 feat(term): add terminal utils to handle a dynamic spinner
The spinner uses a status file that can be used to dynamically update
the message. The spinner itself buffers the output in a frame buffer
variable before flushing a frame in one go.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:44:51 +01:00
Levente Polyak
66e83c950c feat(version): pretty print and group together version check results
Collect all check results in arrays and pretty print the results after
grouping them together based on out-of-date, up-to-date and failures.
Print a summary that shows a brief statistic about the results when
processing multiple check items.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
96f39525bf feat(version): support nvchecker keyfile from user config home
This adds support for global keyfile from the user config home
XDG_CONFIG_HOME which allows to set tokens for GitHub and GitLab for
certain nvchecker configuration.

When ~/.config/nvchecker/keyfile.toml exists, it will automatically be
appended as keyfile of the local .nvchecker.toml file.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
03d5c928cf fix(version): add error handling to version check subcommand
Add defensive programming to the execution chain of the version check
subcommand for graceful error handling of subprocesses as well as errors
returned from nvchecker itself indicated in the returned JSON.

Furthermore this fixes a bug when processing multiple packages where the
pkgbase variable is stuck for subsequent packages that do not declare a
pkgbase variable itself.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Christian Heusel
6054c869e1 feat(upgrade): introduce the version upgrade subcommand
This subcommand applies the detected upstream version upgrades to a
PKGBUILD.

Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Christian Heusel
313c5b4d32 chore(check): factor out function to get upstream version
Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-21 23:28:28 +01:00
Christian Heusel
db8c157eea chore(build): factor out functions to modify PKGBUILDs
Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-21 23:28:28 +01:00
Levente Polyak
343a2b5d4c chore(search): correct typo in optional dependency bat 2024-01-18 19:38:42 +01:00
Levente Polyak
7a8f0eb47e fix(doc): correct typo in optional dependency bat
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-18 03:02:18 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
e6f7aa395f feat(version): introduce version check subcommand
The version subcommand handles pkgver related commands, the first
subcommand being `check`. Check runs nvchecker if a `.nvchecker.toml`
file exists and compares the current pkgver with the latest release.

Introduces nvchecker as optional dependency which has to be installed in
order to use this particular subcommand.

BREAKING CHANGE: formerly pkgctl version would output the version of the
pkgctl tool, now it is used as a version related subcommand.

Fixes #140

Component: pkgctl version
Component: pkgctl version check
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-10 19:44:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e413b65df3 fix(build): re-source the PKGBUILD to update changed values
During certain operations like --edit, --pkgver etc the PKGBUILD
may change since last sourced. If a modified checksum of the PKGBUILD
is detected, re-source it before processing.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-10 00:14:20 +01:00
Levente Polyak
ef04960b98 feat(build): update srcinfo file after build
The srcinfo file is essentially a representation of the current build
recipes, hence generate an up to date version by adding it as secondary
build artifact to the build process.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-10 00:14:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d210079037 feat(util): add library function to generate source packages 2024-01-10 00:14:08 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b264c7f1c7 feat(util): parallelize srcinfo generation
Heavily improve the runtime of huge split packages, by creating an own
parallelized high level implementation of the makepkg low level building
blocks for srcinfo generation.

This reduces the runtine to generate the srcinfo file for thunderbird
from 24 seconds down to 1 second.
2024-01-10 00:14:01 +01:00
Christian Heusel
2b8033b911 feat(aur): add subcommand to drop a package from the repos to the AUR
Add an aur command to interact with the Arch User Repository including
the drop-from-repo subommand which allows to drop packages from the
official repository to the Arch User Repository in one go.

Related to #143

Component: pkgctl aur drop-from-repo
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-09 23:47:45 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8f45c65830 fix(completion): support subcommands that have multiple dashes
Dashes are not supported in function names and underscores were not
automatically translated. Replace all dashes of the current completion
token, if it is an arg which allows subcommands to use underscores
instead of dashes to declare their completion handlers.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 19:32:30 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d0dc0e1a32 feat(search): add optional plain output formatting
This allows to run the search command without bats, which is not used in
the default pretty output format.

Component: pkgctl search
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 02:38:42 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0e538cf498 fix(util): open lock file in append mode to avoid overwriting files
Previously if we opened a lock on an existing file with useful content
we overwrote it with an empty file. This is obviously not desired, hence
open the file handle in append mode preserving its content.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 02:38:34 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
4673ad6c89 feat(search): add subcommand to search across the packaging group
Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group. To use a
filter, include it in your query. You may use wildcards (*) to use glob
matching. Available filters for the blobs scope: path, extension.

Every usage of the search command must be authenticated. Consult the
'pkgctl auth' command to authenticate with GitLab or view the
authentication status.

This command uses bats for pretty printing the results including line
numbers and syntax highlighting.

Component: pkgctl search
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 02:35:18 +01:00
Levente Polyak
78dd150996 chore(offload-build): deprecate in favor of pkgctl build --offload
Emit a warning when offload-build is invoked to warn about future
removal.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-05 01:07:39 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4425913e4f chore(build): use more intuitive update-checksums option for humans
The philosophy of our CLI is to provide options that better match human
expectations in an intuitive way rather than mimic wording of previous
tools with abbreviation.

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-05 01:01:52 +01:00
Levente Polyak
2a1e8aebaf chore(make): suppress output when copying git hooks directory 2023-12-19 20:27:01 +01:00
Levente Polyak
3933f20001 fix(cliff): trim fix separator before checking merge request id
The fix separator contains a whitespace, which made the check never
match. We now trim the separator before checking, making it resilient
against any kind of spaces.

Fixes b7984c6073
2023-12-19 20:06:26 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0f14d630bc feat(cliff): add label for breaking changes to changelog 2023-12-19 20:06:26 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d00a2b9890 feat(configure): ship default ignore via exclude
BREAKING CHANGE: Increments the repo spec version which requires to
reconfigure all existing packaging repo clones.

Fixes #129

Component: pkgctl repo configure
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-12-19 20:06:26 +01:00
Christian Heusel
c2d73d73ae fix(commitpkg): prefer core.editor over $EDITOR and $VISUAL
This is done to closer mimick the behaviour of git here, as it prefers
core.editor setting over the other editor options as per git-var(1):

> The order of preference is the $GIT_EDITOR environment variable, then
> core.editor configuration, then $VISUAL, then $EDITOR, and then the
> default chosen at compile time, which is usually vi.

Fixes #192
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-12-03 22:02:13 +01:00
Levente Polyak
f2cafa3cb0 feat(clone): speedup maintainer and universe clone query
There is a single endpoint now to list all pkgbases and their current
maintainers. Use this endpoint for speeding up the clone of all packages
of a maintainer by only issuing a single API call.

Component: pkgctl repo clone
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-12-03 21:51:59 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c356995dc1 feat(config): Add -z pack-relative-relocs to LDFLAGS
This moves relative relocations from the `.rela.dyn` section into a new
`.relr.dyn` section with a significantly more compact encoding,
supported since glibc 2.36, GNU Binutils 2.38 and LLVM 15.

This can reduce the size of libraries a lot, e.g. the installed size of
`libphonenumber` dropped from about 17 MB to 7 MB.

For more info, see
https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/rfcs/-/merge_requests/23.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org>
2023-12-03 20:11:24 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1535a69af6 chore(config): Use one -Wl in LDFLAGS per logical flag
This will separate logical flags with whitespace and make it easier to
split the flags across multiple lines.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org>
2023-12-03 20:11:21 +01:00
Christian Heusel
9a356eae82 feat(web): implement option to print the URL instead of opening it
In certain situations, users may encounter limitations when unable to
utilize xdg-open (e.g., when connected to an Arch machine via SSH).
Consequently, this commit introduces the option to simply print the
repository link to copy or click on it.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-11-26 18:23:17 +01:00
kpcyrd
ae14c246b8 feat(makerepropkg): Add option to skip running check for speedup
Add -n to allow running makepkg with --nocheck. This is useful to reduce
the time required to reproduce a package, as they should not depend on
running the check function for being reproducible.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-11-26 16:48:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
cc369e86d2 feat(makechrootpkg): add option to interactively inspect the chroot
Implement the -x option for makechrootpkg which allows to get an
interactive shell in the chroot after building the package. Useful to
ease the debugging of a package build.

Depending on the argument, the interactive shell is either always
spawned or only when an error occurred during build.

This option is also forwarded from `pkgctl build` via the `--inspect`
flag.

Component: pkgctl build
Component: makechrootpkg
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-11-26 01:28:20 +01:00
David Runge
c9de6a18b9 fix(make): Specify GITLAB_HOST for glab to avoid default host confusion
Specify the upstream instance hostname for glab using the `GITLAB_HOST`
environment variable.
Without it `glab` will use whatever is set as host using the `host`
key in its configuration and silently break the links of all uploaded
assets.

Signed-off-by: David Runge <dvzrv@archlinux.org>
2023-11-24 22:27:14 +01:00
Christian Heusel
9f8ca5df1a chore(release): nicely format multiple "Component:" trailers
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-24 02:32:02 +01:00
Christian Heusel
7825f9fb02 chore(docs): correct the manpage for pkgctl db update
Turns out the manpages of pkgctl db update and pkgctl db move were just switched without having the page title adjusted.
Fixing the initial error therefore turned out to create the same problem for the manpage of pkgctl db update, which this commit re-fixes.

Fixes: 5e3ab4b321 ("chore(docs): correct the manpage for pkgctl db move")
Fixes: f834fc4700 ("db: command for Pacman database modification like update, move etc")
Fixes #195
Component: pkgctl db update
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-24 02:17:10 +01:00
Christian Heusel
b7984c6073 chore(release): allow fixes tags without cluttering the changelog
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-20 15:10:48 +01:00
Christian Heusel
5e3ab4b321 chore(docs): correct the manpage for pkgctl db move
So far the manpage for pkgctl db move seemed to be a copy of the pkgctl db update manpage
which caused an error upon install as the move page was not created.
Instead compiling this manpage overwrote the one for pkgctl db update
which this commit fixes.

Fixes: f834fc4700 ("db: command for Pacman database modification like update, move etc")
Fixes #195
Component: pkgctl db move
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-20 15:10:41 +01:00
Christian Heusel
e7b82f36ef feat(build): add --updpkgsums option
This is useful so people who update patches etc. can update their checksums on building.
The functionality itself was already implemented for --pkgver, but was not available separately.

Fixes #168
Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-20 15:00:21 +01:00
Orhun Parmaksız
4d7364ed1b fix(cliff): update the tag_pattern to use regex 2023-10-31 16:55:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e0ab20d05c fix(build): use correct variable to reference available architectures
The referenced places were missing in a previous refactoring commit and
hence broke the build command in multiple ways.

Fixes 0669315821
2023-10-17 23:23:36 +02:00
Antonio Rojas
5cbe9ad612 fix(build): allow using --install and --offload simultaneously
Don't take the full (local) path of the package to install when using
--offload.

Fixes #194
Component: pkgctl build
2023-10-14 00:00:52 +02:00
Christian Heusel
6f106e7cd6 chore: refactor loop variable name
Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-10-02 11:37:06 +02:00
Christian Heusel
0669315821 chore: refactor variable names in valid-{tags,repos}.sh
Even though the variables in these files are globablly used they have a weirdly local sounding name.
This commit fixes this by refactoring all usages throughout our codebase.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-10-02 11:29:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a6d43aca01 chore(release): streamline release make target with git-cliff and glab
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-27 01:12:53 +02:00
Levente Polyak
02bc8bfbc0 chore(release): version v1.0.4 2023-09-27 00:38:17 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f632659563 fix(clone): ssh connection may require user input (key unlocking etc)
Anything that requires user input (such as a key unlock or hostkey
verify) will block the terminal and wait for input which will never
come.

When cloning or configuring a repo via ssh we therefore initially
connect to gitlab to warm the connection.

Afterwards users are expected to either have setup a ssh ControlMaster
or use something like a ssh agent.

Fixes #148

Component: pkgctl repo clone/configure

Co-Authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-26 22:44:58 +02:00
Christian Heusel
7e41adf00b chore: add a config file for git cliff
This is done so that the generated changelog carries more information
(i.e. the scope of the change).

Co-Authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-26 21:13:08 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a316b50f88 fix(makepkg.conf): use breezy for the bzr protocol in makepkg.conf
Pacman does not resolve provides for the protocol packages, hence we
need to switch to the new package name for bzr.

Related-to: https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/merge_requests/78
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-19 01:32:22 +02:00
Levente Polyak
547961681a fix(pkgctl): avoid pacman db dependency checks during repo detection
By default the sync operation enables dependency checks during the
preparation of the transaction. This isn't necessary for the print
option, but is done nevertheless, which leads to issues for example
during soname dependency problems. The result is a none functional
automatic repo detection.

Fix this by explicitly disabling dependency version checks. We specify
this option twice to skip all dependency checks.

Fixes #189

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-10 00:03:42 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
8190a22480 feat(release): always generate a .SRCINFO file on release
When releasing a package always generate a .SRCINFO file so we can build
tooling based upon these files instead of having to parse bash in a
non-bash language.

Some tests have shown around 30 seconds or generating the metadata on
packages like thunderbird. The implementation in makepkg becomes semi
slow for some split packages that provide a huge number of individual
packages, but it seems reasonably fast so we can instead have a uniform
state of always providing .SRCINFO files.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-04 23:41:00 +02:00
Christian Heusel
f31ea3a48e fix(build): fix repo detection for special chars in package name
Currently we used grep -E, in a way that special characters in the
package name such as the '+' in 'ls++' also became part of the regex.

This commit switches this to become a literal string matching using awk.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-08-27 17:08:23 +02:00
Christian Heusel
9f7808c26e fix(build): installing packages into the chroot fails for relative links
As the relative links are relative to the pkgctl invocations PWD and not
necessarily relative to the location where makechrootpkg is invoked from
this fails unexpectedly.

This commit fixes this by just using the full path when passing the
location to makechrootpkg.

Fixes https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/issues/181

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-08-27 16:55:50 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
5f4fd52e38 feat(arch-nspawn): Use a unique scope name instead of --keep-unit
`--keep-unit` is really only for use in services like
`systemd-nspawn@.service`.

The parameter was added in commit 000ea6c7bb because
systemd-nspawn defaults the name of the machine (and thus the generated
scope) to the name of the working directory, which is not unique. Thus
spawning a container from `archbuild/extra-x86_64/foo` while
`archbuild/testing-x86_64/foo` is already running would fail.

We can avoid the unit conflict by giving the container a unique machine
name. Creating a scope also allows us to place the container in a slice
hierarchy for resource control.
2023-07-21 19:41:22 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1b25190176 chore(arch-nspawn): Simplify args construction for systemd-nspawn 2023-07-21 19:41:22 +02:00
Christian Heusel
030e6af880 chore: fix spelling mistake packge -> package
it seems like the mistake was copied to a few locations, this commit
fixes it.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-07-06 15:30:49 +02:00
Levente Polyak
662d6c5274 fix(make): use correct version variable for release target 2023-07-05 18:45:54 +02:00
Levente Polyak
3de03e8b1f chore(release): version v1.0.3 2023-07-05 18:36:07 +02:00
Christian Heusel
720b7c9b05 chore(build): skip invalid architectures on autodetection
This is done so that pkgctl can be better used to build aur packages
which can have arch=(...) settings for which we do not have a clean
chroot builder.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-07-05 18:17:32 +02:00
Christian Heusel
0ea7e9e0e5 chore(doc): fix spelling typo in pkgrel detection
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-06-18 01:01:11 +02:00
Christian Heusel
be5f54c95c fix(commitpkg): ensure the PKGBUILD is version controlled
Early exit in case the PKGBUILD is not yet properly under version
control, which can happen for freshly initialized repositories.
Furthermore print an appropriate error message including a hint how to
resolve this.

Fixes #154
Fixes #167

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-06-17 23:02:36 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5c6e13a672 chore(doc): add missing dependency on fakeroot
We need fakeroot to trick pacman into updating a fresh pacman database
for an unprivileged user.
2023-06-08 00:31:35 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a07df0beea chore(release): version v1.0.2 2023-05-28 01:22:09 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c7d627165f chore(release): adjust Makefile for new release schema
Ask for the next release version and automatically create a signed tag.
Furthermore add a simple release target to call glab for uploading the
required artifacts.
2023-05-28 01:21:40 +02:00
Antonio Rojas
e47035e74d chore(build): improve error wording if no package repo could be detected
Not being in any official repo does not necessarily mean this is a new
package. One could simply be building an AUR or custom local package.
Make the message less confusing in such case.
2023-05-27 22:18:04 +02:00
Daniel M. Capella
9b11b16a7e chore(doc): remove duplicate subcommand from example help text 2023-05-27 21:44:09 +02:00
Levente Polyak
3283b2ca59 fix(commitpkg): only force existing files to be under version control
Before porting commitpkg to Git, the code has checked the SVN status for
none commited files. During the port this has changed by straight
checking for any passed files if they were under version control or not.

In general the whole logic is very brittle as variables are searched by
regex and directly passed to eval while ignoring any function scoping.
This leads to missing files when they reference the $pkgname inside a
package function but also provide wrong ones when eval simply returns
the first $pkgname while ignoring and function scopes.

In the future this should completely be replaces by .SRCINFO processing.

Fixes #145

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-27 01:53:45 +02:00
Toolybird
71cb9e97bb fix(archroot): preserve original args for check_root before discarding
arch-nspawn, mkarchroot, makerepropkg all call "shift" after getopts
processing. Save the original args and pass on to check_root to prevent
options being discarded.

Fixes 41d4624879
Fixes #149

Signed-off-by: Toolybird <toolybird@tuta.io>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-26 01:06:14 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1b808b8e32 chore(release): version v1.0.1 2023-05-24 03:19:26 +02:00
Chih-Hsuan Yen
e4c40a9802 fix(completion): incorporate repo layout into offload-build completion
Use new repo names for build targets. This follows /usr/bin/*-build
links other than x86_64_v3 ones.
2023-05-24 03:06:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a08bc2acf4 feature(clone): add protocol option to force cloning over HTTPS
This is a rather quick and simple implementation to override the current
logic and force clone with HTTPS. Allowing to explicitly clone over HTTPS
is currently required to unblock reproducible builds where no ssh keys
and GitLab user accounts are set up as of now. Hence this quick solution
comes into play to mitigate the regression on reproducible builds
builders.

Revisit the overall auto detection and protocol logic approach for a
later release related to some ideas floating around in pending
merge-requests.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-24 02:50:08 +02:00
Morten Linderud
f11cb9018e feature(commitpkg): auto generate .SRCINFO if present
This currently makes .SRCINFO files opt-in and helps to keep the file up
to date if already present.

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-05-23 03:03:39 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
d759eadb50 fix(diffpkg): Fix scoping of DIFFOPTIONS when comparing split pkgs
`diff_pkgs` needs to use a local variable for its options, otherwise
they will accumulate for each package diffed.

Whem comparing split packages this lead to earlier mutated DIFFOPTIONS
containing too many labels which resulted in a failure.
2023-05-23 02:20:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1c399778f9 fix(commitpkg): reliably check tree status regardless of configuration
Check git status --porcelain, not --short.

`--short` is influenced by user configuration like `status.branch`
making it non-empty even on a clean tree. Use `--porcelain` to avoid
this.
2023-05-23 01:47:00 +02:00
Levente Polyak
edc14ef19c Version 1.0.0 2023-05-21 12:25:44 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6ce666a166 feature(parallel): run up to N jobs in parallel for repo clone/configure
Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the
number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option
needs to be passed with 1.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 16:12:45 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bf61b8472a chore(archroot): force build chroot recreation to adapt new configs
Bumping the chroot version will result in the chroots checking against
the local version and force recreation in case they do not match.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 15:11:16 +02:00
Levente Polyak
80a8cdcba2 chore(git): use default ssh port 22 url scheme
We only need to specifically use ssh:// protocol prefix if we want to
specify a special port. As we moved to support pulling directly over
port 22 from out GitLab instance we can change the url scheme to the
simple variant.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 12:20:36 +02:00
Levente Polyak
41d4624879 fix(archroot): pass along the real command and argv by the caller
Before modularizing the repo layout, we used m4_include to assemble
together sources into a single file. Now, we properly use a library
layout without assembling multiple files, which means we cannot anymore
rely on BASH_SOURCE inside the library file. Hence, pass along the
actual command and argv from the check_root caller.

Fixes: src: modularize repo layout into a library

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:20:41 +02:00
Felix Yan
4d3ab0b489 config: update pacman configs for new repository layout
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
830dcde2d8 pkgctl build: support worker slots for none tty builds
Allow overriding the worker slot with a dedicated option. Furthermore
detect if the current tty is no pts and fall back to choosing a random
worker slot between 1 and number of available processing units.

Fixes #137

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Caleb Maclennan
1da97a8b36 doc: Fixup formatting issues in asciidoc man pages 2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Alexander Epaneshnikov
9330671825 archrelease: fix mangled release package status output
Git push will print its status, hence switch from a busy line
indicator to a single line message and allow Git to print its status
accordingly.

Otherwise we get:
==> Releasing package...Enumerating objects: 6, done.
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
8e3b6bcc5b pkgctl repo clone: add option to switch working tree
Add an option to call the switch command after clone. Switch to a
specified version. The working tree and the index are updated to match
the version.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
4289be212b build: allow release options only in combination with --release
It leads to weird expectations when using --db-update or --message
without --release. Make the behavior more user friendly, by aborting the
operation and explaining that release options only work in conjunction
with the release option.

Fixes #131

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
ed96635141 pkgctl repo: introduce the switch subcommand
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-Authored-By: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f961e2e948 completion: implemented structured declarative bash completions
This will make it tremendously easier to add arguments, subcommands and
special positional option handling. Instead of the need to code the
nested structure via bash and switch cases, we can simply declare
functions and arrays with the matching names according to the
subcommands or argument labels.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
645a5a9f04 pkgctl: introduce the version subcommand
Related to https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/issues/125

Closes #125

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-Authored-By: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
e1142935e5 completion: zsh: allow args even when the command has subcommands
This allows to show arguments on root level of commands that themselves
have subcommands available. Complete those when any - is used in the
completion word.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bc182032eb config: fixup file permissions to be more strict
Normally the default in Arch is that all home directories are private.
However, this may have been changed locally. To make sure we never
expose secrets, lets use a umask of 0077 when writing the config.

Additionally add some temporary fixup code to migrate the file and
directory permissions of already existing paths.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f3518e248c build: support nocheck for initial bootstrap builds
Output a warning when this option is used to remind packagers to rebuild
the packages with checks once the bootstrap cycle has been completed.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6c2498750e doc: add dependency declaration to the README.md
This will help to make sure dependencies are explicitly stated and
reflected in the PKGBUILD.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Christian Heusel
5e22e4f81e config: allow suppying the gitlab token via env var
This would allow to supply the gitlab tokens via the env var
DEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN and therefore allow users to choose whatever
program they want to fill this env var.

Closes #113

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Campbell Jones
a981ef40e8 edit: improve editor presence checking
Adds a check for the configured Git editor (git config core.editor) in
both commitpkg and build.sh.

Additionally, instead of blindly executing vi when all other options are
exhausted, remove it instead as it is a none standard installed editor
anyway.

Closes #106

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
fe2eb3076d rebuildpkgs: drop legacy script, will be replaced with a smarter UX
Instead of trying to port this ancient script, which doesn't even seem
to work with community, let's instead remove it. We will be adding a
replacement script in pkgctl soon with a smarter and more convenient UX.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
4ae857e665 doc: update manpage footer for GitLab and remove static list of maintainers
The list of all maintainers that have worked so far on devtools is
exceeding a sane amount making each manpage convulsed. The authors can
be pulled from GitLab directly without occupying lots of space on every
manpage. We would like to express gratitude to all our maintainers.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
eda3a4aea0 gitlab: add project path function to map special chars
Automatic path conversion is limited to GitLab API v4 and will be
removed in the future. It's expected that the caller does the path
conversion on caller side and only passes a valid path to the API within
its limitations.

Hence convert project names to valid paths:
  1. replace single '+' between word boundaries with '-'
  2. replace any other '+' with literal 'plus'
  3. replace any special chars other than '_', '-' and '.' with '-'
  4. replace consecutive '_-' chars with a single '-'
  5. replace 'tree' with 'unix-tree' due to GitLab reserved keyword

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f669a71e84 repo-configure: automatically determine protocol from packager identity
The remote protocol is automatically determined from the author email
address by choosing SSH for all official packager identities and
read-only HTTPS otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1d7f997215 build: command to build packages inside a clean chroot 2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7954382401 commitpkg: error out if the repo is not configured to latest specs
This ensures the repository we try to commit and release from uses the
latest distro specs for its local git config. The check errors out early
before touching anything and prints a recommendation how to update the
repo.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1ae09b43af commitpkg: print deprecation warning when executed directly 2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d402d5f308 archrelease: print deprecation warning when executed directly 2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c839d52793 test: added pkgctl devel wrapper for convenient development testing
For local development testing, there is a convenience wrapper for
`pkgctl` that will automatically build the project using make and proxy
all calls to the local build directory.

Either `./test/bin/pkgctl` can be run directly or the `test/bin`
directory can be added to the PATH.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
cddba60958 archrelease: add checks for valid remote and up-to-date branch ref
It's safest to probe for the validity of the remote origin and abort
early otherwise. This also allows to print some hints how to create or
configure new repositories at appropriate times.
Additionally fetch remote changes and check the local branch contains
the remote branch ref, otherwise abort and print a hint how to pull and
update the branch.

This should add all check needed for the average failure case that may
lead to a weird state or creation of a local tag that may not be
pushable.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f1673c60ad build: replace m4 defines with sed scripts during build
There is no reason anymore to use m4 since we got rid of the includes by
using library files. Let's replace the last usage of m4 and completely
red rid of it.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
e0307c7925 conf: move makepkg and pacman config into separate conf.d dirs
We have used the datadir like a kitchen sink, lets clean up a bit by
having a better and well structured layout. Put makepkg and pacman
configs in separate directories: makepkg.conf.d and pacman.conf.d.
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5752488ef1 release: command to commit, tag and upload build artifacts
This is a smart and more convenient invocation of the classical
commitpkg and archrelease with auto-discovery for target repositories
and a shorthand option to directly call db-update.
2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b9db6160a2 git: convert repos and tags config to new repo layout 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f834fc4700 db: command for Pacman database modification like update, move etc 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
8b5bcd01b4 commitpkg: add exported pgp keys with git 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
2a59c32bf4 repo: added command to create a new packaging repository 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
77d800eab2 auth: implemented module to authenticate against our GitLab
This helps to have a convenient way to manage and test our personal
GitLab tokens. Those are used for certain API calls like creating new
repositories.

prefill the access token web view as per
https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/profile/personal_access_tokens.html#prefill-personal-access-token-name-and-scopes

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d2245b1943 gitlab: implemented module for required API calls
We need to use API calls as we can't create repositories in protected
namespaces by simply pushing a none existing repository. For privacy
reasons this is limited to private personal repositories in GitLab.
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f63d343e40 config: implemented simple config module to store token and settings 2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b5d5402e43 src: modularize repo layout into a library
This will greatly help us to structure the functionality and commands in
a more sane way. We will distribute the sources as actual libraries and
reuse code with imports instead of processing everything with m4 and
duplicating a lot of code.
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a8be7423ef pkgctl: add a unified command-line frontend for devtools
This is the first step of a simple and highly structured unified
interface to devtools commands in a single wrapper.

The split is based on groups like `repo`, `build` and `diff`

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d15bd29a9d pkgrepo: add subcommand to open the packaging repository's website
This can be quite handy if a packager quickly wants to check the GitLab
page for merge requests or but reports. Quickly calling a cli command
inside the current packaging clone or with the pkgname provided will
open the remote location inside the browser.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
95424a88eb pkgrepo: add option to clone all existing packages
This can be very handy for cache warming on the repo server or
to perform mass operations on all PKGBUILDs.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
3d3176beb6 pkgrepo: rename archco as a general purpose tool for packaging repos
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6aa42e1f6e commitpkg: use library location for common server and remote properties
It makes a lot of sense to have them in a central place that can be
swapped and also re-used across different execution units. Hence lets
move the repos.archlinux.org host to lib/common.sh

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
30616c4fde archco: add option to clone all packages of a maintainer
Query Archweb to retrieve a list of all packages of a maintainer by
their pkgbase. AFterwards loop through all packages and clone them.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5eb09a9cc9 archco: implement clone and configure subcommands
Manages Git packaging repositories and helps with their configuration
according to distro specs.

Git author information and the used signing key is set up from
makepkg.conf read from any valid location like /etc or XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

The configure command can be used to synchronize the distro specs and
makepkg.conf settings for previously cloned repositories.

The unprivileged option can be used for cloning packaging repositories
without SSH access using read-only HTTPS.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6675894159 archco: convert tool to git clone 2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
bb72473529 crossrepomove: drop support as this is not needed anymore
We unified the source repositories to a single location. Having to cross
repo move them between physical locations is not required anymore.
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1f4ca51ca1 commitpkg: omit pkgbase in commit msg as git repos are per pkgbase 2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b9d20c10a9 archrelease: fix git tag conversion and use library function for it
This allows us to reuse the code and have the conversion in a single
place instead of cluttering rules across different execution units.

It also fixes the implementations according to the specs of
git-check-ref-format.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1844418956 archrelease: explicitly push the main refspec 2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
f0946c65f5 archrelease: Added pkgver to git tag conversion
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
f7d122044b archrelease: ensure we check the checksum of the package
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
b6f5220bed commitpkg: ensure we always stage and rm files
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
f4213f9c36 commitpkg: ensure we always use the main branch
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
90aba4f84b git: first iteration of git support
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Adjusted-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
9297eb344e commitpkg: disallow weak hashing algorithms
Do not allow uploads of source=() with only weak cryptographic hashing
algorithms but require at least one strong algorithm.

This doesn't 100% enforce it ofcourse, but it allows for an early
failure instead of failing in `db-update`.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 21:57:30 +01:00
nl6720
b34814419d sogrep: do not hardcode the mirror
Use the first mirror that is configured for each repo in pacman.conf.
With the default configuration, this means to use the first mirror from /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist.

If a repo is not configured in pacman.conf, fall back to https://geo.mirror.pkgbuild.com.
2023-03-16 19:03:56 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6dd7be3fd4 Version 20230307 2023-03-07 01:51:40 +01:00
Tobias Powalowski
0365edb264 fix: enable extglob before func definition for bash-5.2 compatibility
The `extglob` option changes the behavior of the shell parser, since
extended glob patterns would otherwise be syntax errors. bash-5.2
changed the way a function definition is processed by calling the parser
instead of relying on the ad-hoc code in bash-5.1 and earlier versions.
This means, in bash-5.2 the shell function was parsed without `extglob`
being enabled because the `shopt` command to enable it was part of the
function body.

Add `shopt` options for `extglob` around function definitions to address
this issue and allow bash-5.2 to correctly parse the function.

Co-authored-by: Frédéric Pierret (fepitre) <frederic.pierret@qubes-os.org>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-06 21:51:27 +01:00
Celeste Liu
4ff7aa0d8a archbuild: add doc for bind mount config
Signed-off-by: Celeste Liu <CoelacanthusHex@gmail.com>
2023-03-06 21:06:59 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
320c1fd0ac mkarchroot: stop adding C.UTF-8 to locale.gen
Adding such an entry is problematic as it results in locale -a showing:

  C
  C.UTF-8
  C.utf8
  POSIX
  (other locales)

In the above, C.UTF-8 is built-in whereas C.utf8 comes from locale.gen.

The duplicate locale has the potential to expose undesired behavior in
upstream software: https://github.com/sudo-project/sudo/issues/241
2023-02-15 22:51:40 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7b209b63a7 commitpkg: abort execution if msg file editor exits none-successfully
Previously the script execution did not abort if the msg file editor
exited none-successfully leading to undesired commits with a potentially
unfinished message. Instead abort the commit if the msg file editor is
deliberately terminated with a failure code.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-01-17 00:48:24 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d45e77738b commitpkg: properly cleanup commit msg file on abort
Use the workdir location which gets cleaned up automatically. Previously
this was leaking tmpfiles if the commitpkg command got aborted after
file creation.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-01-17 00:47:20 +01:00
Celeste Liu
009c58f7c9 archbuild: add architecture-specific mount config
config path: @pkgdatadir@/mount.d/${arch}

config format:
Each line will start with 'ro' and 'rw' will be used, other lines will
be ignore, rest of line is out/path:in/path. e.g.

```
ro /some/path:/proc/cpuinfo
rw /some/some/path:/var/cache/pacman/pkg
```

For example, in the RISC-V port, if we use qemu-user to build, we need
to pass a parameter to makechrootpkg to map a correct /proc/cpuinfo, so
that software that relies on /proc/cpuinfo to obtain information can be
built normally.

Signed-off-by: Celeste Liu <CoelacanthusHex@gmail.com>
2023-01-06 16:58:29 +01:00
Felix Yan
112026580d makechrootpkg: make /tmp inside nspawn larger
systemd by default limits the /tmp folder to be 10% of the host memory:
6f2cea06bf/src/shared/mount-util.h (L33)

This is problematic to our builds because many toolchains opt to put
build artifacts in /tmp, and expecting the host memory to be 10 times
larger is not optimal or even realistic sometimes.

This MR attempts to enlarge it to 50% memory as the host machine's
default value of /tmp. This should be a fair compromise between being
overly conservative and taking up too much memory to crash the system.
2023-01-06 16:25:46 +01:00
Levente Polyak
f870ab6864 Version 20230105 2023-01-05 16:20:42 +01:00
Levente Polyak
ea782a8ab7 makepkg.conf: enable rust debuginfo
This enables DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS with the appropriate debuginfo settings.

The empty RUSTFLAGS variable is required workaround to avoid double
compilation during package function call. The issue is that the
behavior of the current implementation of buildenv_debugflags is not
idempotent, so consecutive calls will append the same flags again
leading to cargo consider the build inputs to have changed.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-01-03 23:23:43 +01:00
Morten Linderud
a510331698 mkarchroot: remove deprecated -d option
It's been deprecated for a few years now.

91562aa99c

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2022-11-21 21:48:22 +01:00
Hugo Osvaldo Barrera
dca8f91d26 makerepropkg: Use $CARCH instead of hardcoded x86_64
`makerepropkg` has a hardcoded "x86_64", so fails to run on other
[unofficial] architectures, because it tries to use an x86_64-specific
makepkg config, which overrides CARCH=x86_64.

This patch addresses hardcoded half of the problem; ArchLinux derivates
still needs to ship a custom `devtools` package with their own
`makepkg-$CARCH.conf`. Usually, the only thing that really needs to be
changed in the per-architecture custom makepkg.conf is CARCH and CHOST.

See: https://lists.archlinux.org/archives/list/arch-projects@lists.archlinux.org/thread/XEEW5LXYFN3XXI5YXAUY5E4LZLMKOFTL/
2022-11-08 22:25:32 +01:00
Morten Linderud
b64d8ebacf makepkg.conf: Include debug option by default
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2022-11-07 22:11:35 +01:00
Levente Polyak
248cdf7ff2 Version 20221012 2022-10-12 21:40:39 +02:00
Levente Polyak
04a821dddf common: prevent globbing and word splitting in find_cached_package
We changed the glob in 5d02c6df7f
but we forgot to quote the newly introduced variables.
2022-10-12 21:29:30 +02:00
Mike Yuan
d82bc69716 makechrootpkg: fix short option handling for makepkg_args
Currently, when multiple short options are passed as a single argument,
only the one that matches the first case statement will be parsed. This
shall be fixed by using switch-case resume.
2022-10-13 00:10:17 +08:00
Felix Yan
5d02c6df7f common: improve performance of find_cached_package
find_cached_package was unnecessarily looping over all packages which
uses a lot of CPU and could be exceptionally slow when PKGDEST contains
a lot of packages.

Fix this by adding the target pkgname, pkgver and arch to the glob and
only process potential candidates.
2022-10-11 20:25:08 +02:00
Levente Polyak
20f89df443 Version 20221002 2022-10-02 22:21:36 +02:00
Levente Polyak
fcaf3ecec0 fix: do not set extglob globally to avoid side-effects
Instead only enable it for whatever operation requires them.

Example sides effects:
commitpkg can accidently execute PKGBUILD functions when sourcing the
PKGBUILD that has function names like package_libsigc++()

Fixes #87
2022-09-01 23:40:21 +02:00
Levente Polyak
280ef10d37 make: declare lib files as build dependencies for bash src scripts 2022-09-01 23:40:21 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f8d2ad9a7d diffpkg: pass the --color option appropriately to diffoscope
Diffoscope has a different option, called --text-color which only
understands the verbose options. Hence we extend the --color shorthand
for --color=auto and pass the changed option name to diffoscope.
2022-09-01 23:38:44 +02:00
Levente Polyak
2e4060445a crossrepomove: fix moving debug packages to the target repo
We did not copy over the optional debug packages to the staging
environment before db-updating the moved state. Afterwards the db-remove
call removed the debug packages from the source repo. This lead to
dropping debug packages when using crossrepomove.

This approach ensures we have a uniform shell to avoid shell glob
behavior inconsistencies. The copy of the package path is mandatory and
will error out if missing while the debug package path is optional as
reflected by a subshell that succeeds either way.

Fixes #92
2022-08-31 23:55:05 +02:00
morganamilo
1e23bbc164 makechrootpkg: support -A makepkg flag 2022-08-31 23:38:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
53be0527e2 fix: properly check for invalid argument in checkpkg and diffpkg
The option switch case only matches by splitting via '|' instead of ','
2022-08-31 02:26:47 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f4e8047d65 diffpkg: prefer to search inside the pool dir if available
On certain packaging machines where the pacman cache gets updated very
infrequently, the behavior of diffpkg may not function correctly as old
packages were to be downloaded as diff target. In such cases we look for
a pool directory first and search via a glob for an available pool
package sorted by version.

The pool search glob has three glob segments each disallowing the dash
delimiter to split across pkgrel, pkgver and arch. This will return the
correct package from the pool without considering overly eager wildcards
that potentially match different pkgnames.

The default pool search directory is /srv/ftp/pool
2022-08-31 02:26:47 +02:00
Levente Polyak
70a3041ff8 diffpkg: allow to set column width for side-by-side view
The magic values `columns` and `auto` allow to set specific aspects,
with 'auto' as the default value:

- auto: Set width to the maximum line length of all input files
- columns: Set width to the shell defined $COLUMNS env var

Furthermore any number can be passed to set a static width.
2022-08-31 02:26:47 +02:00
Levente Polyak
ba070f1ca9 diffpkg: add colored output option with default of auto 2022-08-23 20:23:51 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b9dadc5576 diffpkg: allow to choose between unified context and two columns 2022-08-23 20:23:22 +02:00
Greg Land
6bd7e70e68 doc: Fixed spelling error in devtools man page 2022-08-13 15:23:14 +02:00
Levente Polyak
626aecb472 make: split out man page files into doc/man folder 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
2088244564 make: use GEN message for all generated content 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
37df0765d2 cleanup: move PKGBUILD.proto to contrib folder 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6d946989f3 doc: update links and references after moving to GitLab 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5e680513e6 make: automatically collect man pages via wildcard 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d94badcd0b make: split out source files into src folder 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
e1a51770b2 make: split out config files into conf directory 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bb1a89a837 make: split out completion scripts from root worktree 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
225bac5a49 make: properly handle build target prerequisites
- Use wildcard for the lib directory for all binprogs
- Fix individual man page prerequisites for asciidoc.conf and footer
- Require all as prerequisite for the install target
2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6f5aa9f438 make: use build dir as target instead of polluting root workdir
This introduces a BUILDDIR make variable that is used as the target
directory. This gives us more flexibility and easier control of a none
dirty worktree by not polluting the main workdirs.
2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b7f2f4935d chore: remove executable bit from *.in source files
Those files should not be executable, its simply a wrong bit on the
files as they are useless without preprocessing.
2022-06-22 01:04:56 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b8d9a2b4fd Version 20220621 2022-06-22 00:58:19 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f386c13142 export-pkgbuild-keys: fix export for packages without validpgpkeys
In case the validpgpkeys array is empty or undefined, the empty printf
line only included a single line break which lead to mapfile -t
consuming it as an array with 1 element consisting of an empty string.

Fix this by only calling the printf in case the validpgpkeys array is
not empty. Without any output, the mapfile -t will simply produce an
empty array.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-22 00:51:22 +02:00
Levente Polyak
49d889cb8d Version 20220620 2022-06-20 22:54:34 +02:00
Levente Polyak
ac222ae004 archrelease: support subdirectories in package directories
We need to support subdirectories for the `keys` directory used to
distribute PGP keys alongside the packaging sources.

This is achieved by using `svn ls` to list the files and directories
in the packaging root and leverage the behavior of `svn copy` to
consider subdirectories inside the root but only copy over files and
directories under the subdirectory that are already tracked by svn.
As a step in between, we now use `svn ls --recursive` to list all
tracked svn files in the current repos directory and remove all tracked
files in the staging area. Hence the `svn copy` in combination with the
`svn rm` will result in a sync behavior from the packaging root to the
repos directory.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-10 16:51:52 +02:00
Allan McRae
cde012d25e Add x86_64_v3 builders
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2022-06-10 16:31:45 +02:00
Levente Polyak
383cfa7e60 Version 20220609 2022-06-09 21:29:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7a8f101498 doc/export-pkgbuild-keys.1: fix filename to detect manpage location
The manpage doc has been added without a suffix which fails during
install.
2022-06-09 21:25:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
01b6196883 export-pkgbuild-keys: use TEMPDIR while exporting key
This avoids the possibility to pollute the keys directory with temporary
files if the script is aborted in between.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-09 21:10:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
8d4c46d368 export-pkgbuild-keys: add simple success export messages
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-09 21:06:38 +02:00
Allan McRae
d00a28ea0e Export source PGPs from PKGBUILD on commit
Provide a tool to export keys listed in the PKGBUILDs validpgpkeys to
keys/pgp/$fingerprint.asc.

The presense of the "keys" directory alongside the PKGBUILD in trunk/
is tested during commitpkg.  If the directory is abscent, keys are
exported and added to the commit.  If the directory is present, a
check is made to ensure all valid PGP keys are provided.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-09 20:41:18 +02:00
Felix Yan
5e98478344 mkarchroot: generate and use C.UTF-8 by default
systemd >= 251 is forcing nspawns to use LANG=C.UTF-8:
b626f6959b

It makes sense to generate the C.UTF-8 locate here when using it as the
default LANG value.

Related to: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/74864
2022-06-09 01:07:43 +02:00
Felix Yan
0c61761f33 mkarchroot: unshare mount namespace to avoid broken root chroot creation
While `extra-x86_64-build -c` is running `pacstrap` and has
`/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run` mounted, another user logs
in, thus creating a new mountpoint `/run/user/$uid` that propagates into
`/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run/user/$uid` leading to a broken
root chroot.

Successive `extra-x86_64-build -c` calls will result in cleanup errors:

```
$ extra-x86_64-build -c
==> Creating chroot for [extra] (x86_64)...
-> Deleting chroot copy 'root'...
rm: skipping '/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run', since it's on a different device
rm: skipping '/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run', since it's on a different device
==> ERROR: Working directory '/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root' already exists
==> ERROR: Aborting...
```

Reported by and patch adjusted from archlinuxcn.

Fixes FS#64698
2022-06-09 00:56:41 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c2f163b640 diffpkg: support comparing two given package archives
This adds support similar to diffpkg from the infrastructure repo
that is based on the assumption that two archives can be passed
to the tooling in order to compare them.
2022-05-17 21:03:44 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c339536a37 diffpkg: support multiple diff modes to compare with
This adds support for the following diff modes:

- content list (default)
- diffoscope
- .PKGINFO diff
- .BUILDINFO diff
2022-05-17 21:03:44 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
11edc45048 diffpkg - diff repo vs. build package
Include a new tool as alternative to checkpkg, this runs diffoscope on a
newly build package and the current repository package. This can be
useful for finding new files / binaries.
2022-05-17 21:03:43 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f42b032c5e make: respect PREFIX for bash completion instead of hardcoded /usr 2022-05-17 21:02:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c52fab2562 make: remove bash completion symlinks on uninstall 2022-05-17 20:57:32 +02:00
Leonidas Spyropoulos
54acc5872c build: enable gitlab-ci
Closes #85

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-04-28 19:10:59 +02:00
Haochen Tong
82cb6756aa sogrep: fail if links database cannot be retrieved
If the links database (for some reason) does not exist on the mirror,
curl will save the html 404 page as ${repo}.links.tar.gz in the cache,
and sogrep will later fail with a decompression error from bsdtar.

This patch adds -f to curl so it doesn't save the error page, and exit
after displaying an error in such case.

Fixes !88

Signed-off-by: Haochen Tong <i@hexchain.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-04-06 00:11:16 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
74164e348b makepkg.conf: set LTOFLAGS="-flto=auto"
For use with pacman 6.0.1-4 which backports support for LTOFLAGS in
order to speed up builds that use gcc as the compiler. This is less
useful when clang is used, though a hack would be to specify in the
PKGBUILD `LTOFLAGS="-flto=thin"` (outside of any function).
2022-03-07 15:41:17 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a17c9c6a70 Version 20220207 2022-02-07 23:28:03 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
065c00ad8f makepkg.conf: drop -fvar-tracking-assignments flag
According to gcc(1), this flag (like -fvar-tracking) is enabled by
default when compiling with optimization and debugging information.

As an additional benefit, packages building with the clang compiler
will work with the default flags without having to remove this flag
due to not being recognized by clang.
2022-01-31 16:34:07 +02:00
Levente Polyak
ea162ef041 make: use gzip option to get reproducible tar dist like GitLab 2022-01-26 22:44:09 +01:00
Levente Polyak
648ab0ad5e Version 20220126 2022-01-26 22:30:51 +01:00
Morten Linderud
63ad548818 commitpkg: Implement debug package handling
This implements the logic we need to properly figure out debug packages
when finding packages we are suppose to upload towards
repos.archlinux.org.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:37 +01:00
Morten Linderud
39a99e1664 common: Implement helper functions from dbscripts
This implements our current debug package detection logic.
Mostly taken from our dbscripts project.

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:32 +01:00
Morten Linderud
95d06e0f60 commitpkg: Split signature check into own loop
This allows us to extend the uploads array without having to duplicate
the current signing logic.

This doesn't change anything as we still exit on any failed packages.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:27 +01:00
Morten Linderud
ec16d6e4bd common: implement validity as a function
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:21 +01:00
Felix Yan
fa5afbc30b checkpkg: set makepkg vars from build root to support none host archs
When building for an architecture different from the host, the correct
old package was downloaded as "$copydir"'s pacman was configured with
the target CARCH, but checkpkg doesn't know this and tries to search the
cache for host CARCH instead, producing the following error:

`==> ERROR: tarball not found for package: xxx`

This change fixes this by passing the appropriate makepkg config
explicitly, so that checkpkg behaves consistently.

Co-Authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-22 01:12:32 +01:00
Levente Polyak
412d032c26 Version 20211129 2021-11-29 20:43:22 +01:00
Levente Polyak
16b7a0e7e8 makepkg.conf: enable LTO option by default
Enable link time optimization (LTO) of packages by default by adding the
-flto flag. This provides smaller, faster executables/DSOs, and improves
GCC diagnostics.

This commit implements RFC 0004
https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/rfcs/-/blob/master/rfcs/0004-lto-by-default.rst
2021-11-28 14:33:52 +01:00
Levente Polyak
cc6cf65ef9 makerepropkg: support parallel runs in dedicated namespaces
This adds proper namespace locking as well to fix screwing up the
running makerepropkg process.
2021-11-18 20:31:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
dacde204c9 makerepropkg: use correct devtools makepkg.conf files from dist
Use the recorded buildtool in order to download the matching dist
package and use the appropriate makepkg.conf for reproducing the
package. This is required as the flags are not recorded in the BUILDINFO
hence we need to provide the matching config that declared those flags.
2021-11-18 20:31:23 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1f1f6be889 Revert "Layer gnome-unstable above staging, not testing"
This reverts commit 3231cf8c36.
2021-11-17 02:32:34 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
a23dcb0391 makepkg.conf: Sync with pacman 6.0.1-2: Pass -q as first option to curl
Includes the following hotfix:

> upgpkg: pacman 6.0.1-2: makepkg.conf: Pass -q as the first option to curl
>
> This is needed to disable reading the curlrc config file (if it exists).
>
> Same change submitted to upstream pacman:
> https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2021-September/025348.html
2021-11-16 22:49:44 +01:00
David Runge
7dd29dff46 lddd: Use bash instead of sh
lddd.in:
As all of the devtools scripts are based on bash, we need to use
/bin/bash and not posix sh.
2021-10-29 09:20:43 +02:00
David Runge
d783cb511c Revert "Use #!/bin/bash instead of #!/bin/sh"
This reverts commit 594f972666.

We have not received a reply for the relicensing to GPL-3.0-or-later
from its author @drizzt, which is why we are removing this commit.
2021-10-29 09:19:28 +02:00
David Runge
539f09761c Add GPL-3.0-or-later SPDX identifier to all scripts
Add the SPDX license identifier GPL-3.0-or-later to the header of all
scripts without a specific license and upgrading those that are stated
as GPL-2.0 to become GPL-3.0-or-later.
2021-10-29 09:16:13 +02:00
David Runge
da7f267ef2 Add license statement to README
README.md:
Add license statement to README, specifying that devtools is licensed
under the terms of the GPL-3.0-or-later.
2021-10-29 09:16:11 +02:00
David Runge
4ee3f5c8dd Add GPL-3.0 license file
LICENSE:
Add GPL-3.0 license.
2021-10-29 09:16:05 +02:00
Benjamin Denhartog
be80928384 makechrootpkg: preserve SSH_AUTH_SOCK to support ssh operations
This commit introduces the preservation of SSH_AUTH_SOCK within the
chroot environment, to support SSH-based operations, such as cloning
repositories via SSH.
2021-10-21 21:41:11 +02:00
yoursweetie
9028302ac7 doc: Add arch-nspawn man page 2021-09-08 22:13:36 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
a9bf4789b3 Sort man page links in man 7 devtools 2021-09-07 22:37:25 +02:00
tsuibin
fd17f53cef doc: Add archbuild man page 2021-09-07 22:23:32 +02:00
yoursweetie
80e8c1fc70 doc: Add makechrootpkg man page 2021-09-07 20:55:42 +02:00
Felix Yan
6535ac9b99 Fix CI and switch to GitHub CI (#68) 2021-09-04 22:19:59 +08:00
bartus
c5c5dbc64f Drop pacutils:pacconf fallback
As of pacman:5.2 `pacman-conf` obsoletes `pacconf`
2021-07-17 23:10:30 +02:00
Levente Polyak
0a0e66a784 feat: support exposing buildtool to aid reproducible builds configs
This helps to map the correct build tool configs that are required to
reproduce a specific package and have the appropriate *FLAGS etc.
2021-07-17 22:56:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
60e96c9d4b makerepropkg: avoid competing redirects into the same makepkg.conf file 2021-07-17 22:45:21 +02:00
Erich Eckner
30ed6920c7 allow to call setarch with a different value than $CARCH
Introduce setarch-aliases.d/ which gets installed inside
/usr/share/devtools. This allows to assign aliases which map one CARCH
to a different name which gets provided as argument for setarch. This is
necessary on archlinuxarm ("armv6h" -> "armv6l", "armv7h" -> "armv7l")
and allows for more fine-grained architectures (e.g. archlinux32 has
"i686" and "pentium4", which differ in the required cpu capabilities).

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2021-07-17 22:35:04 +02:00
Chih-Hsuan Yen
4602659068 zsh-completion: complete makechrootpkg arguments after *-build -- 2021-07-01 20:25:38 +02:00
Levente Polyak
43d58212c5 pacman.conf: enable ParallelDownloads and NoProgressBar
The progress bar feature creates noisy log files, especially with
parallel downloads. Lets disable the progress bar and instead use
parallel downloads.
2021-06-19 22:26:25 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6a628af422 pacman.conf: enable VerbosePkgLists for easier log consumption 2021-06-19 21:18:37 +02:00
Levente Polyak
0635f0c5ec sync pacman.conf with the pacman 6.0.0-3 package
This effectively does nothing but keep the commented options in sync to
not deviate from the original file for no reason.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2021-06-17 00:05:06 +02:00
Levente Polyak
04af0374f3 sync makepkg.conf with the pacman 6.0.0-3 package
The only effective difference is that -Wp,-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS is now
only defined for CXXFLAGS as of pacman 6.0.0-1

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2021-06-17 00:04:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
54e03641a3 sync makepkg.conf with the pacman package
Aside for comments, this implements the buildflags RFC from:

https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/arch-dev-public/2021-March/030374.html
https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/rfcs/-/merge_requests/3
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2021-06-16 23:42:23 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
385b47e56e sogrep: refresh if any database is over a day old
Outdated sogrep cache has already bit us once in the past. Finding one
or more databases older than a day is a good indication that a refresh
is in order, so do that automatically.
2021-06-16 23:37:10 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
9d39abbefe sogrep: store unextracted *.links.tar.gz databases
Extracting these databases is painfully slow on HDDs (especially laptop
ones). There shouldn't be a drawback to keeping the tarballs around and
extracting them to a temporary directory (usually tmpfs) to parse them.

The implemented update logic tries to avoid redownloading unchanged dbs.
2021-06-16 23:37:06 +02:00
Levente Polyak
90ba07d9be Version 20210202 2021-02-02 00:51:57 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8c26438df8 makechrootpkg: only expose failed build logs instead of products
After further followups always moving all products isn't actually
desired as they can theoretically be broken in various ways if
arch-nspawn exists non successful.

However, as we would like to always preserve the produced log files we
instead split out the logfiles into an own function and call that for
unsuccessful buils.

Fixes 4f305aa3
2021-01-31 23:44:11 +01:00
Christian Hesse
a49bcf2097 doc: update default build host
Commit 09e169b741 changed the default
build host from dragon.archlinux.org to build.archlinux.org - match
in documentation.

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
2021-01-31 02:16:44 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
0883f45b3a makerepropkg: allow specifying the package in pacman -S format
We now accept:

1) # nothing

    in which case we'll use the PKGBUILD to retrieve...

2) name, or repo/name

    in which case we'll use pacman to cache the package and retrieve...

3) a filename

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2021-01-27 00:56:48 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
99c2020d47 makerepropkg: do fast cache lookups
Teach get_pkgfile to call itself in local-only mode and find a cached
file no matter what its extension is. Avoids repetitively trying to curl
random files, fail with 404 errors, and proceed to discover a cache hit
under a different file extension.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2021-01-27 00:56:48 +01:00
Christian Hesse
00f7a6a415 makepkg.conf: make rsync use new-style compression in makepkg.conf
Our rsync package is no longer built with bundled zlib, so old-style
compression is no longer supported.

https://www.archlinux.org/news/rsync-compatibility/

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
2021-01-26 20:56:46 +01:00
bartoszek
4f305aa316 makechrootpkg: Expose failed build logs/products
Since move_products() function is fairly robust we can make it run for
failed build also to expose logs for packages that fails in build(),
prepare() or package(). It also exposes partially packaged split
packages if they fail in latter package_xxx().
2021-01-26 20:43:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
09e169b741 offload-build: change default host to build.archlinux.org 2021-01-26 20:40:47 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
360a7611a8 doc: add devtools.7 man page
Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2021-01-26 20:39:06 +01:00
Konstantin Gizdov
d507db9490 offload-build: respect SRCEXT from makepkg.conf 2021-01-26 20:38:53 +01:00
Levente Polyak
aff81d34fd Version 20200407 2020-04-07 19:46:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5b1123e11f offload-build: retrieve the PKGBUILD in case makepkg changes it via pkgver
Building a package may change the PKGBUILD during update_pkgver. Let's
retrieve the PKGBUILD after building to ensure we have the very same
file as the one we used to build the package. Otherwise this may lead to
the inability to distribute the package during commitpkg in case the
expected and the actual hashsum mismatch.
2020-03-09 23:27:03 +01:00
Levente Polyak
a0f79fcce0 makerepropkg: prioritize downloading .zst packages over legacy format
First try a .zst location before falling back to legacy variants. This
should slightly speed up downloading of dependencies, especially over
time as .zst packages are or will be the dominant format.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-03-09 23:27:03 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
94b0413e13 arch-nspawn: fix up host_mirrors cachedir handling
This was incorrectly implemented in commit
0067176529, which added the host_mirrors
root directory as a cachedir, when we actually want to use the pool/*
subdirectories (the same ones installed on the build server's
/etc/pacman.conf).

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:50:27 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
e963b6da9e makechrootpkg: use the chroot database to find checkpkg packages
We don't want to check against the current version known to the host
system, because that will be incorrect in a wide variety of situations,
including:
- the build host hasn't done a full system upgrade yet
- we're building against staging, and want to see the delta between
  different staging versions
- we're building against extra, but the host runs testing which carries
  changes we don't want to visualize right now
- the chroot has a configured database not available to the host, and
  the package is only available there

Essentially, it's rarely 100% correct to run checkpkg on the host, but
we already have a database we *know* is correct, and that is the one we
just built the package against. So let's use that.

This also fixes a bug in the current logic, where in order to try
downloading fresh databases, we work in a non-cached temporary working
database to download the package files, but then let checkpkg default to
comparing packages in the system database. Since we are explicitly
trying to compare against packages that differ from the host's pacman
database, we need to pass the package files as options to checkpkg,
using the additional modes added in commit c14338c0fe

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:50:19 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
b2cbb8628e checkpkg: fix support for http:// url comparisons
Broken in commit c14338c0fe.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:50:14 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
6d273f79c3 zsh-completion: update for new makerepropkg options
Thanks to anthraxx for the guidance.

Original-patch-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:50:05 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
51842a1676 makerepropkg: support checking multiple split packages
By specifying multiple package files, we assume they are all from the
same PKGBUILD, and try to check them all against the produced artifacts.
Since the buildinfo should be comparable for all of them, we simply use
the first one passed on the command line.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:49:54 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
53fe5c67a1 makerepropkg: add support to check unreproducible packages using diffoscope
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:49:48 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
21d9984acc makerepropkg: fix wonky indent
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2020-02-27 14:49:33 +01:00
Levente Polyak
cb6484fe45 Version 20200213 2020-02-13 01:53:45 +01:00
Levente Polyak
bcb1b4a163 offload-build: handle user specific makepkg.conf on the remote host
This ensures we take user specific config values for PKGDEST into
account when printing the package list. This is required as devtools
archbuild_cmd puts packages potentially into the user defined PKGDEST
which the package list would otherwise miss.
2020-02-12 00:05:00 +01:00
Levente Polyak
57fb44b976 offload-build: take makepkg.conf from devtools for appropriate packagelist
This fixes an issue with the usage of makepkg --packagelist to get the
produced artifacts filenames according to the PKGEXT used in devtools'
makepkg.conf instead of the one defined in pacman.

One goal we want to preserve is that devtools configuration should be
self contained and not require any editing of non owned files like
the host /etc/makepkg.conf to produce expected results.

Additionally modify the archbuild_cmd override for multilib builds to
use an independent variable and not fiddle with the actual arch
variable to select the appropriate cmd.
2020-02-11 01:42:17 +01:00
Levente Polyak
9b4d8ae930 offload-build: convert to in-prog so we can perform pre-processing 2020-02-10 23:02:41 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4c206ab549 makerepropkg: take makepkg.conf from devtools pkgdatadir location
This ensures we use the same configuration for reproducing packages as
we use for building them via devtools.
One example of why we care about this are the COMPRESS* settings that
may differ from the guest's pacman shipped makepkg.conf that affect the
reproducibility of packages.
2020-02-10 23:02:16 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
4c08847bfa makerepropkg: correctly reproduce a pkgfile with any compression type
We don't want the default PKGEXT in the current version of devtools, we
want the PKGEXT we *know* the input file used.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-12-27 18:54:26 +01:00
Levente Polyak
74d7a70915 Version 20191227 2019-12-27 16:06:30 +01:00
Robin Broda
5eacb475cd makerepopkg: fix zstd extension (.zstd -> .zst) 2019-12-27 16:05:14 +01:00
Robin Broda
bcda211dd8 makepkg.conf: change default compression method to zstd 2019-12-27 16:04:56 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d4546c59ce Version 20191212 2019-12-12 01:01:44 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d6866e0544 lib: support arbitrary compressed package files
We need to modify the matching of valid package files to support formats
like zstd. Let's try to use an eager approach instead of a simple
whitelist in order to be functional for arbitrary formats that may be
introduced in the future without the need to adjust any code.

Allow any single fragment word as compression type but filter out known
non-package content like signature files.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-12-08 20:59:11 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
8edad22616 offload-build: return failure if no package files were found
This means that the remote command died at some stage earlier than the
printing of created files.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-12-05 23:34:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
f20435643f makechrootpkg: sync databases for checkpkg off-site
Use pacman's --dbpath feature to sync fresh databases inside an isolated
location and split up the database sync and package location calls to
remove the need of weird grep calls.

It isn't nice of makechrootpkg to modify the host database state just by
building packages. No foreign program shall automatically modify
the host database other than by the explicit will of a system
maintainer, which is the major reason this changes get incorporated.

However, there is certain indoctrinated believe that using -Sy is
the prime evil. In fact it has been declared as a social rule to a
technical problem of not getting into potential partial upgrade states.
This is not a proper loophole less solution as there are multiple ways
and use cases that lead to such a state, like aborting a -Syu on the
prompt for whatever reason, what really matters is that it is not a
technically bullet proof solution to solve the problem.

Databases shall have the freedom to be as up to date as databases or
their owner wishes, allowing querying on latest database state without
fear. The only loophole-less contract that _really_ is from importance
is always using -Su instead of plain -S to install packages. Installing
packages is what actually brings one into a potential partial upgrade
state and by using -Su an outstanding upgrade is forced when installing
a new package. This properly solves all edge cases in a technical
manner instead of declaring people who abort the prompt of -Syu to be
the problem. In fact, using this simple contract allows whatever system
maintenance workflow a host owner wants to follow, which may still be to
always use -Syu and deal with system upgrades explicitly instead of the
time when installing new packages, but the -Su contract is the real safe
guard to guarantee no edge case can ever slip in. This magically also
opens up the freedom to people who wish to use -Sy to simply query on up
to date data as the currently indoctrinated "never do -Sy" stone plates
not only are not rock solid in technical terms but also make certain use
cases simply impossible and hence cripple the functionality without at
the very least being fully loophole free.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-12-05 22:50:11 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8d99df602d makechrootpkg: double quote array expansions for checkpkg locations
Avoid re-splitting remotepkg elements used for checkpkg conditions.
2019-11-30 13:44:02 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4c803b9db8 Version 20191130 2019-11-30 13:30:34 +01:00
Levente Polyak
104c5bc90e makechrootpkg: sync database for checkpkg to avoid nonexistent targets
For build servers or similar infrastructure its relatively common to not
sync/update the database regularly. This leads to problems properly
running checkpkg duo to nonexistent target files that we try to
download. As building on build servers is a very common use case, lets
ensure we sync the local database before trying to resolve the package
locations.
2019-11-30 13:25:06 +01:00
Levente Polyak
cee28a1b13 makechrootpkg: check local pkg versions before downloading for checkpkg
Avoid always trying to download and output the according message.
Add checks for packages either not being available in the repo or
all variants have up to date versions stored in the local cache.
2019-11-30 13:25:06 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e0f82d3947 completion: add makerepropkg zsh completion 2019-11-30 13:25:06 +01:00
Levente Polyak
74313db9ee completion: reflect new -U mkarchchroot option 2019-11-30 13:25:06 +01:00
Ivy Foster
2c611d20bd lib/common.sh: do not use colors when running on a dumb terminal 2019-11-30 13:25:05 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
ca4d348c86 doc: add manpage for the new makerepropkg tool
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
2fb1cc2dd2 makerepropkg: add new program to try to reproducibly build a package
This attempts to recreate a package that was probably created using
makechrootpkg, and see if it conforms to the
https://reproducible-builds.org/ specification.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
bcba566405 mkarchroot: support wrapping pacstrap -U
Needed to support reproducible builds.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
f8f2f02028 archbuild: use better umask
In commit 40a90e2cab we tried to protect
against system umasks resulting in unreadable chroots. However, we tried
to do this in a targeted manner due to not wanting to fiddle with
permissions for user-owned files. Unfortuantely, mkdir -p -m755 does not
actually work that way -- the parent directory is created with broken
permissions. We need umask.

Run umask and mkdir in a subshell to prevent leakage.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
68f0bff172 commitpkg: clearly delineate the commit message template and the rationale
In commit 75d23eec94 we moved to include
commitpkg arguments as the first line of the svn commit message, but we
simply dumped the result after the version number without separating the
two, increasing the cognitive burden of parsing the rationale. Since the
whole point of the change was to make it easier to see what happened
when using git log --oneline (reducing the cognitive burden of parsing
'pretty' output with author/date info), it makes sense to also delineate
the reason correctly.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
f85a58a0a6 arch-nspawn: rely on deduplication to avoid making multiple host_mirror mounts
Instead of comparing exact mirror urls to see if they are in
host_mirrors in order to "skip" the official mirrors

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
20eec484fa offload-build: remove empty src dir when SRCDEST is set
Right now there is a bug in makepkg that leaves back an empty src
directory if SRCDEST is set. This is purely cosmetic, but lets just
politely try to rmdir it and fail silently if its empty or non-existent.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
6fffbfbc8a offload-build: catch more signals to be sure SRCPKGDEST gets cleaned
It may be not enough to just listen on EXIT depending on the shell used
so lets make sure we clean up SRCPKGDEST by listening to more sigs.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-30 13:21:22 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
0017263379 Makefile: sort program names
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-07 21:28:23 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
751093eff2 use libmakepkg to find and use variables in makepkg.conf
- drop homebrew function in makechrootpkg
- use better mock to find invoking user's $HOME
- make offload-build respect makepkg.conf to determine where to sync
  files, matching the behavior of makechrootpkg

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-07 21:28:21 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
f43a86ee8a arch-nspawn: simplify cachedir/host_mirror parsing
consolidate logic flows in the same area for parsing and building
arrays. Don't bother having a special function just to build the
mount_args array, since we now use the same handling for adding any
cachedir (including host mirrors) to the mount arguments, this becomes a
trivial for loop -- and it really did not need to be delayed until after
the sanity check, anyway.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-07 21:28:20 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
0067176529 arch-nspawn: restore cachedir handling for host_mirrors
In commit 27ff286ee7, we moved from
sourcing the primary cachedir via /etc/pacman.conf, to using the
pacman.conf in the workdir. One unanticipated side effect of this was
breaking the special host mirrors magic we used to turn a host mirror
into a cachedir. It was still processed as a server, but we relied on it
being in the host's cachedirs in order to be persisted, and this no
longer occurred.

Solve this by explicitly adding each host mirror root as a cachedir.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-07 21:28:19 +01:00
Daniel M. Capella
75d23eec94 commitpkg: Include commit msg arg in first line
Commit messages belong on the first line, with optional "explanatory
text" starting after a blank line:
https://tbaggery.com/2008/04/19/a-note-about-git-commit-messages.html

Referencing commit ee970f0bde

Signed-off-by: Daniel M. Capella <polyzen@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-11-07 21:28:17 +01:00
Daniel M. Capella
6679c28625 conf: Sync with pacman 5.2.0-2
Signed-off-by: Daniel M. Capella <polyzen@archlinux.org>
2019-11-06 01:14:05 +01:00
Levente Polyak
2edee89b62 Version 20191016 2019-10-16 00:52:33 +02:00
Levente Polyak
901581936a ci: fix travis build using undocumented but reserved keyword
https://github.com/mikkeloscar/arch-travis/issues/65
2019-10-15 23:50:52 +02:00
jelle van der Waa
29c6fa8537 sogrep: redirect to destination mirror (#25)
Some mirrors redirect consumers to a near by mirror which isn't handled
by sogrep.
2019-10-15 23:30:23 +02:00
Levente Polyak
74f65db396 zsh_completion: add offload-build completion
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:16:25 +02:00
Levente Polyak
64b7d99504 zsh_completion: add sogrep completions
Transform sogrep into an in-prog so we can benefit from the m4 macro
to specify valid repos in a single place of truth.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:16:09 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f32a264796 commitpkg: prefer explicit signature+data parameters for gpg --verify
Lets prefer the explicit variant of gpg --verify by providing both, the
signature and the data file as parameters.
For the unlikely case there is a matching signature file already present
that was created outside of the toolchain and has an embedded signature
with data, we at least could detect it early with this check.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:16:07 +02:00
Levente Polyak
fd6e801cfb commitpkg: disallow if PKGBUILD hash mismatches package's enclosed hash
Several cases showed that we release packages that were built with
different PKGBUILDs than the one commited to the source tree. This is
bad for obvious reasons plus sploils reproducible builds.

We, under no circumstances, want to allow using commitpkg to publish and
release a packages whose PKGBUILD doesn't match the one to be commited.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:16:04 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a3868cf542 commitpkg: fix wrongly ordered find_cached_package call
The unknown packager check didn't worked so far as the wrongly ordered
call to find_cached_package lead to the enclosing block never being
executed.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:16:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
62a2f118ce make: add target to tag a new version
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:15:56 +02:00
Levente Polyak
723ad23b48 zsh_completion: overhaul all completions to match actual options
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:15:54 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5dd90ef848 checkpkg: add option to print a warning in case of differences
Sometimes its desired to be explicitly made aware of differences
reporter by checkpkg via printing a warning instead of a regular
message.

Automatically use --warn for makechrootpkg builds so packagers are made
visibly aware of a soname bump by simply looking out for colors
indicating non success messages.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:15:51 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5246cb9aa5 checkpkg: add option to avoid keeping the tmp dir
In some cases, like default makechrootpkg execution, the temporary
directory used to assemble the differences is not required. Add an
option to checkpkg that allows to get rid of that directory after
run and call it automatically like that in makechrootpkg.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:15:48 +02:00
Levente Polyak
144f896660 makechrootpkg: run checkpkg automatically after build
Cache previous versions required for checkpkg via pacman to avoid
multiple downloads when running multiple times.

In case we can't download the packages, like while building out of repo
packages, print a warning instead of running checkpkg

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-28 00:15:33 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bbcff883d5 Version 20190912 2019-09-12 23:03:12 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
6e466ca654 Revert "makechrootpkg: with -n, check if the package failed to install"
This reverts commit be44b9cde1.

This was a nice idea in theory, because it means that we can catch
conflicting files before releasing them into the repos. In practice,
there were unanticipated side effects: single-package installs which
conflict against their own makedepends cannot be installed either.
Examples include:
- kernel modules which makedepend on their dkms equivalent
- jack2, which makedepends/optdepends on portaudio, which requires
  jack... but jack2 is a drop-in provides/conflicts jack.

We cannot reliably detect when makepkg --install will error out because
of dependency conflicts vs. packages which are simply broken. So, back
out this change for now.

Revisit this once pacutils has a new release, because it will add the
option --resolve-conflicts=all, allowing for much better scripted
responses to "foo conflicts with bar, remove bar? [y/N]" than simply
"--noconfirm and fail".

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-09-12 21:29:42 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d8d2e23247 Version 20190821 2019-08-21 19:23:03 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
be44b9cde1 makechrootpkg: with -n, check if the package failed to install
We previously whitelisted this return code because split packages can
frequently conflict each other, so makepkg -i is *expected* to fail in
such a case. However, there is no good reason to let this succeed if the
pkgbase only builds one pkgname -- that will always be a severe issue.

Add a check for how many split

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:54 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
7b0a11677a makechrootpkg: make the -U option work for the first time ever
The -U option was initially introduced in commit
cda9cf436b in order to enable running
makechrootpkg as root, delegating to another, manually selected, user to
perform various non-root tasks (given that makepkg was modified to throw
fatal errors when run as root without the option of --asroot to disable
that). However, it was only ever implemented for the --verifysource
option outside of the chroot, and the builduser inside the chroot is
created with the same uid as the makechrootpkg invoker. It needs to run
as the same uid, because it needs rw access to $startdir and $SRCDEST!
Additionally this lets the invoking user more easily inspect the build
directory in case of problems...

The correct solution for this is to properly implement the initial
intention of the -U option, and make it override the autodetection of
the "invoking user" which is normally done by inspecting $SUDO_USER.
This is then used as the single source of truth for "who am I pretending
to be".

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
93dbb14ab9 archrelease: actually fail in failure conditions
When svn ls fails due to network timeouts, this currently results in
archrelease deleting all files, then committing this as the changeset.
This causes data loss...

With bash 4.4 and using wait $! we can get return the return code of the
last backgrounded command -- which process substitution qualifies as.
Key off of this to make sure that `svn ls` actually succeeded.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
10c6efc440 archbuild: prefer repo/arch-specific configs if they exist
When mixing and matching different repos and architectures not present
in mainline archlinux, it is sometimes desirable to set up differing
presets with more granularity than devtools currently allows.

One example of this is when building for architectures that are only
supported by another project -- in order to coexist on a mainline
archlinux host, a different mirrorlist needs to be used.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
8e4293034b makechrootpkg: also downgrade packages when updating chroots
Packages should never be getting downgraded... unless a package is
pulled from testing, e.g. for example if gcc9 totally breaks the linux
kernel. In such cases, the master repo says there is a downgrade, so
we'd better go with that. Basically, ensure that packages match the repo
they are being built against. Consistency at all costs!

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
b7893a2ca8 makechrootpkg: when installing with -I, ensure package is installed
noconfirm is wrong here, as we don't want to accept the default answer
-- we want to install the new package, even if it conflicts and provides
an existing one. After all, we explicitly asked for it.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
bec29e632b arch-nspawn: unshare the gpg namespace to prevent zombie processes
gpg-agent is really annoying and leaves useless copies of itself around.
Using unshare ensures that all such processes are killed as soon as the
main gpg process dies.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
70f3b8ddb8 finddeps: suppress error messages for unreadable directories
If the find command cannot descend into a directory in order to search
for a PKGBUILD, it is likely a "$pkgdir" which makepkg sets as
unreadable. As far as finddeps is concerned, this error message is not
needed.

Also convert to using null-delimited paths on general principle to
prevent read from splitting on odd paths.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:53 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
5fcd90a212 makechrootpkg: accept arguments useful to verifysource
And pass them on to download_sources outside the chroot.

Fixes FS#35652

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
f6f4da26cb makechrootpkg: fix breakage in makepkg option parsing
In commit bd826752c9, support for short
options was added to the heuristic for --noextract, but in the process,
we changed to loop over the set of user options plus the builtin
defaults for inside the chroot. This was wrong, as we only care about
the user options -- moreover, it prevents us from adding verifysource
support *outside* the chroot, for options that are also chroot options,
like --holdver.

Also remove uselessly duplicated line.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
40a90e2cab ensure that sane umask is used where needed
If a user umask is restrictive, a chroot may be created as root without the
ability for the user to read it, which then causes makepkg
--verifysource to fail.

Do not set this in lib/common.sh, where it would apply to all scripts,
as we do not want to override the user's policy for things like $SRCDEST
files, svn checkouts, etc.

Fixes FS#47625

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
74a6641946 Escape paths with ":" that are passed to systemd-nspawn --bind
When parsing paths to automatically make available to the container, the
":" is used internally by systemd-nspawn to signify destinations in the
container. Replace automatically with "\:" for the mounts that we set
up, in order to safely handle a working directory etc. that contains
this character.

For bind options exposed to the user, it is assumed the user takes care
of passing systemd-nspawn compatible paths themselves.

Fixes FS#60845

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
69112171e5 arch-nspawn: support bind-mounting custom file:/// repositories
Fixes FS#45882

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
c14338c0fe checkpkg: implement comparison against alternative targets
This allows comparing the currently built set of packages against
targets named by filename, url, or pkgname. One example use is to
compare a package against a different version that was never in the
repos; another example use is to compare a *-git package against the
non-git version.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
8dbf95cdd4 makechrootpkg: check truthiness using shell arithmetic
Using the literal strings "true" and "false" is inaccurate and may
result in uncertainty of whether it is set when doing string comparison,
or simply rely on the shell implementation of treating the string as a
command builtin, then executing the value as a shell command. Emulate
makepkg, which makes heavy use of shell arithmetic for this purpose.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
46d614d91a Revert "makechrootpkg: Have functions be more function-y."
This reverts (the bulk of) commit 2fd5931a8c.

Reducing globals makes little sense in in a oneshot bash script, but
reduces code clarity and in fact resulted in bugs because even the
commit author couldn't keep track of the script state.

An exit was changed to a return, even though that made no sense outside
of a function, and has been duly returned to being an exit. This was
never tested and later papered over by wrapping the entire script in a
main() function and then calling the function for hysterical raisins.

The functiony nature of sync_chroot/delete_chroot is preserved, as those
functions demonstrate meaningfully standalone functionality -- who
knows? we may want to reuse this. Everything else is tightly bound to
the internal logic of makechrootpkg.

Completely separate functionality that was silently implemented in the
original commit is also preserved:
- declare a couple of variables as locals
- move the abort-on-no-PKGBUILD outside the install_packages function

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:51 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
df0d6b867b Revert "makechrootpkg: Avoid having code floating around outside of a function."
This reverts commit 49088b0860.

The fundamental intention was flawed and broken, it caused annoying
issues and regressions, and the self-avowed sole purpose of the change
was so that a downstream project could *post-modify the script and
source it as a library*.

That is not okay. You don't wrap non-factorable code in a function
called main() and call it a library. The only possible use for this is
to treat makechrootpkg *internals* as a library, which is not supported.

Downstream projects that wish to use the functionality of makechrootpkg
should treat makepkg as a command with a public API in the form of
command line options. That is kind of how commands of all kinds work,
since forever. That is how all users of makechrootpkg *except for
parabola* use it.

Arguments that "it saves us the cost of fork+exec to bash" are simply
invalid.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:51 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
8f5a02b23d Don't rely on $0 to determine script names.
Programs can freely define the value of argv0 and thus it means nothing.
Instead, use the bash-specific variable explicitly designed to safely
and accurately reference the name of the currently sourced file.

This also fixes the case where simple debugging mechanisms like using
"bash -x foo" tried to treat "foo" as the unqualified $0 and therefore
broke horribly due to lack of pathnames.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:51 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
e76d560477 Revert "mkarchroot: Don't let the environment affect pacstrap (sans proxy settings)."
This reverts commit 578a62f1e0.

mkarchroot is run as root (via check_root if needed) so the environment
should already be clean. If not, the user has broken their root
environment, and we cannot support this. It's unclear what environment
settings may or may not be messing with anything, ever, but the original
bug report happened on Parabola who perform extensive patching to
"libretools" such that the code no longer resembles devtools at all.
It's therefore likely any such bug is parabola specific, but we will
never know since the original commit message states that they don't know
why they do it either.

Parsing the user's entire exported environment via both sed and grep is
overkill for a non-bug, especially when it doesn't work for variables
declared -rx and doesn't work for things like:

export fooled_you=$'wow such hax\ndeclare -x http_proxy=lol'

Also if done properly this would rely on compgen -e to print all
exported shell variables. Or even better, loop through /proc/$$/environ
which is both null-delimited and easily parsed with the read builtin and
[[ ]]

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:51 +02:00
Brian Bidulock
27ff286ee7 arch-nspawn should not take pacman cache from host
Previously, arch-nspawn was using the hosts' pacman cache in
the chroot even when the chroot was set up with a different
cache by mkarchroot, unless specified with the -c flag.
Problem is that makechrootpkg passes no -C, -M nor -c flags
to arch-nspawn, so all values must be obtained from the
working directory.

This change take the cache directories from the pacman.conf
specified with the -C option unless the -c option was given
(as is the case when the chroot is set up with mkarchroot),
and, when neither -C nor -c is given (as is the case when
invoked by makechrootpkg), the cache directory is taken
from the pacman.conf in the working directory.

This wasn't such an issue when i686 was mainline, however,
which building packages in a chroot against archlinux32 on
an x86_64 platform, the cache of the host should _never_ be
used.

Rebased by eschwartz on top of cachedir reworking.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:51 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
2180aabc81 arch-nspawn: don't delete the guest gpg configuration
It's important to ensure the guest has up to date data because updating
a chroot after quite some time can potentially rely on updated
archlinux-keyring, something which the host machine either kept up to
date on or manually fixed, but it kills automation to mess around with
chroot configs like that. Alternatively, signed packages added with -I
need to work, and we assume the host is configured to accept these.

That is *not* a good reason to completely nuke whatever is in the guest,
though. A guest might have been manually configured to accept keys which
aren't accepted by the host; one example of this happening in practice,
is archlinux32 when building 32-bit packages from an archlinux host.

The right solution is to append to, rather thna overwrite, the chrooted
guest's pacman keyring.

To do this, we will use gpg's native facility to dump the keyring from
one GNUPGHOME and import it into another. We'd use pacman-key's --import
option directly, but this doesn't support passing custom options like
--import-options import-local-sigs
Finally use pacman-key's native facility to import the trust status from
the host.

While we are at it, fix a bug where we didn't respect the host's
pacman.conf settings for the GpgDir. While it isn't wildly likely a user
will choose to customize this, it is a valid and supported use case and
we must think about this ourselves.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:41:51 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
2f929c961f fixup commit "arch-nspawn: get all mirrors from host"
In commit d9b7350448, a line was deleted
that had a shellcheck ignore marker, but the marker itself was left in
(and had nothing to do). So, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:40:05 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
c2bbcbed64 mkarchroot: don't create a broken chroot by default
It's incorrect to make pacman completely useless inside the chroot by
starting off with no pacman keyring. Assuming that the only consumers of
a new chroot will be arch-nspawn (which copies over the hostconf) is
bad design, and furthermore makes it impossible to fix other issues in
arch-nspawn itself.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:40:05 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
b7ce90fefc makechrootpkg: load makepkg.conf variables correctly
Since makepkg.conf is a bash-compatible configuration file, it must be
sourced.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:40:05 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
f52002955c Makefile: don't inject DESTDIR into the pkgdatadir
In commit 46c4def073, we added support for
nonstandard PREFIX installations, but DESTDIR was and is never supposed
to be a part of that. While DESTDIR isn't terribly likely to be used
during `make all` invocations, that's no reason to break horribly if it
is used for some reason.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:40:05 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
58374246c4 Migrate pacman.conf CacheDir parsing to pacman-conf
And while we're at it, make this more consistent. Currently we
unnecessarily support only one -c /path/to/cachedir option.

This requires slightly more thorough handling in mkarchroot to ensure
all custom cachedirs are passed on to arch-nspawn. Rework
to simply forward all arguments to arch-nspawn (minus final arguments
used for pacman -Sy packagelist).

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2019-08-09 19:39:45 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f522ce2277 offload-build: disable shellcheck false-positive for shell-escape 2019-06-13 00:17:11 +02:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
7747749610 doc: add manpage for the new offload-build tool
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-06-12 23:42:10 +02:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
25b4ef2799 Add new tool: offload-build
This tool is useful for running makechrootpkg on a remote build server,
and is by default hooked up to send a PKGBUILD and initiate a build on
our shiny new build server "dragon".

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-06-12 23:42:10 +02:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
ad4b66830a Revert "makechrootpkg: sync_chroot: Make more general."
This reverts commit 6d1992909c.

It has never worked. In commit c86823a2d4
it was noted that it compared the device numbers for [[ $1 = $1 ]] which
was a useless check and always returned true, for *any* btrfs
filesystem. Now that the function is corrected to compare [[ $1 = $2 ]]
the check is still useless, but this time because it always returns
false -- btrfs subvolumes on the same filesystem do *not* share device
numbers.

So let's go back to the original working implementation that only
matters in terms of makechrootpkg, and just checks if makechrootpkg's
root working directory is btrfs (in which case we know it will be a
subvolume because mkarchroot will create it that way).

This restores our special support for the btrfs filesystem.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-06-12 23:42:05 +02:00
Erich Eckner
321e998020 fix whitespace/indentation errors
Some lines are indented by spaces, while adjacent lines are indentet by tabs.
We should use tabs on both.

Signed-off-by: Erich Eckner <git@eckner.net>
2019-04-20 17:58:55 +02:00
Erich Eckner
c86823a2d4 is_same_fs() in lib/archroot.sh should use $1 and $2, not $1 and $1
The old behaviour would always evaluate to true - this is certainly not
what that function should do.

Signed-off-by: Erich Eckner <git@eckner.net>
2019-04-20 17:55:31 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a49f55cbed Version 20190329 2019-03-29 21:40:28 +01:00
Levente Polyak
5c016c38f2 readme: fix faulty whitespace in release commands 2019-03-29 21:40:28 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1d4a60874b make: fix faulty install targets
This fixes a regression introduced in eeb1c0e59e
2019-03-29 21:40:28 +01:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
b66ce081e7 fix up sogrep manpage to correspond with current sogrep command
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-03-28 21:17:55 +01:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
1ab9b34c4c add sogrep command
This is the new and improved, canonical sogrep command, now with a valid
license.

The previous version of sogrep had several issues and inefficiencies,
and ultimately wasn't really the finished project I wanted it to be. Due
to a mistake in communication, I was totally unaware it was in the
process of being merged at all, nor that there was a licensing issue, or
I would have recommended waiting for both further improvements, and a
declaration of license intent; nevertheless, here it is now, and I
formally give this over into the GPLv2+ domain.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-03-28 21:17:55 +01:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
ebba5a5885 sogrep: don't be templated when it is not templated
Partition the Makefile targets to only clean configured files, and make
the configured files be a subset of the bin programs.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2019-03-28 21:17:50 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
c9b6f58f8e Create a general README
Introduce a README which describes where to send patches and how to
release a new version of devtools.

Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-25 23:32:16 +01:00
Matt Robinson
155798b8b1 makechrootpkg: keep *DEST, MAKEFLAGS & PACKAGER
If makechrootpkg is called as non-root, the {SRC,SRCPKG,PKG,LOG}DEST,
MAKEFLAGS and PACKAGER environment variables are lost in the call to
check_root().

Add these to the passed keepenv list so that they are preserved instead.
2019-03-25 23:32:13 +01:00
Christian Hesse
d9b7350448 arch-nspawn: get all mirrors from host
Now that pacconf gives us all mirrors we can use them, instead of just
the first one.

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
2019-03-25 23:32:04 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
6645701cb1 sogrep: remove duplicate sogrep
The rename of sogrep to sogrep.in failed to remove sogrep and adding it
to .gitignore.

Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@archlinux.org>
2019-03-17 14:51:19 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
657497c91a doc: Add myself as maintainer
Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-16 18:35:21 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
90bb423304 sogrep: rename to sogrep.in so make clean works
make clean removes all .in converted files to a file without .in which
in the make clean step is removed. So running make clean will remove
sogrep since it's specified as BINPROGS. In the future this steps should
be removed for sogrep since it is a standalone script.

Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-16 18:29:56 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
23f248ccfb find-libdeps: fix indentation in case
Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-16 18:27:13 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
eeb1c0e59e doc: add man pages for find-{libdeps,libprovides}
Add a simple man page for find-libdeps and find-libprovides.

Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-16 18:25:55 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
936ff8da2f doc: add Environment variables section to sogrep
Add a section about environment variables which influence sogrep's
behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-13 22:17:35 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
d123fee8ec doc: add man page for mkarchroot 2019-03-13 22:13:51 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
4a532e38e7 crossrepomove: do not set svn propset
svn propset's where determined to be non-reproducible and therefore
where removed from svn. Don't introduce them when moving packages
between repos.

Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2019-03-13 22:06:00 +01:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
f61421a3f5 Add sogrep
This is from Eli's dotfiles after he'd cleaned it up but never actually went ahead and made this PR.
I figure it's time to add it.
2019-03-13 09:16:32 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
26b2ffc665 remove arch rm as it's not really useful
archrm is a not much more fancy rm -rf and therefore not really useful
to ship.
2019-02-24 13:37:37 +01:00
Levente Polyak
62306018f2 conf: sync makepkg.conf with latest version from pacman package 2019-02-09 14:27:31 +01:00
Levente Polyak
65b50dac40 ci: adding travis support for basic check 2019-01-22 03:33:53 +01:00
Levente Polyak
799376904d find-libdeps: in functions use return instead of continue to abort
Even if continue would work, it does exactly the same as a return
in the way this function is being used.
2019-01-22 03:32:50 +01:00
Erich Eckner
8310abb348 remove empty tree if "--verifysource" failed
makechrootpkg's download_sources() leaves a stray directory if
"makepkg --verifysource" failed. We use "setup_workdir" instead
of "mktemp -d", because this ensures the correct garbage collection.

Signed-off-by: Erich Eckner <git@eckner.net>
2019-01-22 01:44:40 +01:00
Morten Linderud
7b09525003 Expand check_root keepenv variables
Les us source makepkg.conf settings from the environemnt. This also includes
`GNUPGHOME` which is present in `makechrootpkg`, but not included in archbuild.

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2019-01-22 01:29:06 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
e9102b2ad8 doc: add find-libprovides man page 2018-09-09 21:02:45 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
99969c67a9 doc: Add checkpkg man page 2018-09-09 21:02:44 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
05c81038e5 doc: Add lddd man page 2018-09-09 21:02:43 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
6364b3c9b9 Version 20180531 2018-05-31 16:05:49 +02:00
Eli Schwartz via arch-projects
98ff92f467 makechrootpkg: whitelist return code 14 from makepkg
makepkg 5.1 implements error codes, and 14 means that installing the
packages after they were built has failed. We don't care about this
error and would like makechrootpkg to succeed regardless, e.g. for split
packages that are mutually exclusive.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2018-05-31 16:03:13 +02:00
Allan McRae
e414173f89 update makefile for current version
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2018-05-29 10:42:47 +10:00
Eli Schwartz
7fcf847bc3 Do not assume the makechrootpkg user's groupname is the same as the username
chown support "$user:$group" but also "$user:" which infers $group
rather than leaving it as root. This looks up the group name in cases
where the default group is e.g. "users" and users do not get their own
unique groups.
2018-05-16 10:37:55 -04:00
Eli Schwartz
5b3c14454a Proper fix for pacman-git returning file urls from the cache
It is much nicer to use a proper configuration parser to retrieve the
primary mirror, rather than clever hacks using undocumented APIs,
especially when their behavior as used then breaks in later releases.

Fortunately, pacutils exists now and pacconf handles this quite
elegantly. It has since been moved to pacman-git proper.

Check if pacman-conf from a new enough version of pacman exists and
fallback on pacconf from pacutils.
2018-05-13 09:16:20 -04:00
Eli Schwartz
4408bb2a15 Revert "arch-nspawn: Work around pacman master returning file-URLs from the cache"
This reverts commit eb6b0e3f11.

This never worked, as pacman-git returns file urls from the cache anyway
and pacman stable doesn't have any problem at all. Having useless code
which makes people think the issue is solved when it really isn't, is
bloat, so remove it.
2018-05-13 09:16:20 -04:00
Eli Schwartz
509c00ea23 makechrootpkg: Do not copy the user keyring into the chroot.
Since commit 75fdff1811 we no longer run
integrity checks inside the chroot anyway, so this is no longer needed
and will never be used.
2018-05-13 09:16:20 -04:00
Evangelos Foutras
5713cd629c makechrootpkg: add /etc/shadow entry for builduser
Without it, sudo 1.8.23 will return an error:

    sudo: PAM account management error: Authentication
    service cannot retrieve authentication info
2018-05-12 11:52:18 +03:00
Eli Schwartz
40f0179a5e makechrootpkg: fix verifysource with pacman-git
In pacman-git commit d8717a6a9666ec80c8645d190d6f9c7ab73084ac makepkg
started checking that the setuid/setgid bit could be removed on the
$BUILDDIR in order to prevent this propagating to the packages
themselves.  Unfortunately, this requires the temporary builddir used
during the --verifysource stage of makepkg, to be owned by $makepkg_user
which was not the case as it is created as root using mktemp (and given
world rwx in addition to the restricted deletion bit.)

Obviously makepkg cannot chmod a directory that it does not own. Fix
this by making $makepkg_user the owner of that directory, as should have
been the case all along.

(Giving world rwx is illogical on general principle. The fact that this
is a workaround for makepkg demanding these directories be writable even
when they are not going to be used for the makepkg options in question,
is not justification for being careless.)

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2018-03-24 20:54:24 +01:00
Emiel Wiedijk
ffb5003fda makechrootpkg: respect GNUPGHOME
Previously, makechrootpkg hardcoded ~/.gnupg. Therefore, if a user
uses a custom GPG home directory, the siganture checking would fail.
Now makechrootpkg uses $GNUPGHOME, with a fallback to ~/.gnupg.

Signed-off-by: Emiel Wiedijk <me@aimileus.nl>
2018-03-24 20:54:17 +01:00
Bartłomiej Piotrowski
ab3368f061 Remove corepkg symlink
While still possible with 'commitpkg core', there is a chance it will
prevent accidental pushes straight to [core].
2018-03-24 20:35:09 +01:00
Bartłomiej Piotrowski
38c7a391b0 makechrootpkg: make sure that makepkg.conf is always parsed as text 2018-01-21 14:18:43 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
75ad2aca57 makechrootpkg: Adjust to work properly with set -e
This worked properly until eab5aba.
2018-01-21 14:16:10 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
aee72cae32 lib/common.sh: Adjust to work properly with set -u
Support for working with `set -u` was broken by 94160d6.  Egg on my
face; I'm the one who wants `set -u` support, and I'm the author of
that commit!

libmakepkg does not work with `set -u`; but mostly because of the include
guards!  So we just need to temporarily disable `set -u` (nounset) while
loading libmakepkg.  Instead of introducing a new variable, just store the
initial nounset status in _INCLUDE_COMMON_SH; rather than a useless
fixed-string "true".

While we're at it, disable POSIX-mode (just in case we're running as "sh"
instead of "bash"), since libmakepkg uses bash-isms that won't parse in
POSIX mode.
2018-01-21 14:16:10 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
5ab8f8430a arch-nspawn: Remove pointless $(echo ...) subshell 2018-01-21 14:16:10 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
c9e287e845 arch-nspawn: make sure that makepkg.conf is always parsed as text
https://lists.parabola.nu/pipermail/dev/2017-June/005576.html
2018-01-21 14:16:10 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
48b2f8dcc4 makechrootpkg: Fix anti-pattern when checking for enabled features
Don't use error-prone logic e.g.
foo=true; if $foo ...

This completely fails to act as expected when the variable is unset
because of unrelated bugs.

While this merely causes the default behavior to be "false" rather than
"true" in such cases, it is better to fail to enable explicitly
requested behavior (which will be noticed by the user) than to simply
upgrade to this behavior for free (which may not seem to have any
obvious cause).

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2018-01-21 14:16:10 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
3b725b5843 makechrootpkg: Fix unconditionally running namcap
Fixes regression in 2fd5931a8c

$run_namcap will always be set to ""
`if $not_a_var; then ...; fi` is always truthful when $not_a_var is
unset or equal to "" and the `then` clause will always be run.

I'm not sure why global state variables need to be cloned locally for
their sole explicit purpose.

But for now this patch implements the minimum necessary work to properly
pass the "do I want namcap" variable into prepare_chroot() according to
the current logic flow.
Note that I have still not thorougly tested makechrootpkg.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2018-01-21 14:16:10 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
7a3c508501 Revert "makechrootpkg: Reopen console to assign the CTTY"
This reverts commit ddd508efc0.

The underlying bug (FS#56529) was fixed in glibc 2.26-9.
2017-12-27 23:33:45 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
eab5aba9b0 Support reproducible builds
Recent development versions of makepkg support reproducible builds
through the environment variable SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH. Pass this variable
through makechrootpkg to makepkg when available.

Also initialize SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH whenever running archbuild to enforce
reproducible builds for repository packages.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2017-11-22 16:35:25 +01:00
Bartłomiej Piotrowski
2a308821b3 Version 20171108 2017-11-08 14:23:26 +01:00
Bartłomiej Piotrowski
7259e7def0 Remove i686 support 2017-11-08 14:22:56 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
94160d62b8 use makepkg library instead of local function copies
This mirrors dbscripts commit
625fa02 by Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de> at 2017-04-18 14:20:49
2017-10-30 16:03:15 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
095e5305e4 makechrootpkg: Fix function usage comments
A couple of the comments noting which globals are used by functions are
outdated/wrong.

 - download_sources() : Remove USER from the list.  It was always wrong.
   Originally, it should have been SUDO_USER (not USER), but I should have
   removed it entirely in 4f23609.

 - move_products() : Add SRCPKGDEST to the list.  Though the commit adding
   the comment was only recently upstreamed (as 2fd5931), it originated in
   2013 in a commit that has since  been rebased many times.  Anyway, in
   this rebasing, it missed move_products() starting to pay attention to
   SRCPKGDEST in fd1be1b (since nothing made git think there was a
   "conflict").
2017-10-30 15:59:38 +01:00
Luke Shumaker
e4db687d10 makechrootpkg: move init_variables() to be part of main()
The reason it wasn't moved before was just to keep the diffs
(with --ignore-all-space) smaller, to make merging and rebasing work
easier.  Moving code around in a file tends to make that difficult.

But, readability wise, it belongs in main().
2017-10-30 15:59:05 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
ddd508efc0 makechrootpkg: Reopen console to assign the CTTY
nspawn does not give us a controlling terminal, hence we ignore
interrupts. Apparently this was lost in systemd at some point.

Hack around this by reopening the console to make it the controlling
terminal.
2017-09-14 23:33:47 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
0f3778c3d3 makechrootpkg: Prevent collecting coredumps
Coredumps from build chroots are not generally useful. Prevent
them from being generated.

Avoids a lot of annoyance from the GCC testsuite spawning lots of
systemd-coredump processes.

Just set the soft limit so the user can still raise it in the PKGBUILD
if they insist.
2017-09-14 23:31:36 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
6b55282bd7 Revert "arch-nspawn: Hack to give the inner process a controlling terminal"
Whoops, this will of course mess with nspawn arguments passed to
arch-nspawn.
2017-09-13 00:25:06 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
6a7dcdeff9 arch-nspawn: Hack to give the inner process a controlling terminal
This was lost at some point.
2017-09-13 00:17:49 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
cd500d161f arch-nspawn: Pass --as-pid2
As not all commands we run are capable of reaping processes correctly.
For example, pacman is not.
2017-09-12 23:27:07 +02:00
Sébastien Luttringer
5ebb9c16c0 Version 20170911 2017-09-11 21:26:07 +02:00
Sébastien Luttringer
fecf107c37 arch-nspawn: Force PATH to be the Arch default
systemd-nspawn use a default environ PATH value of:
PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin

Since filesystem 2017.08, this is no more overrided by /etc/profile
to the Arch default:
PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin
2017-09-11 21:21:51 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
bd826752c9 makechrootpkg: Also look for -e as --noextract 2017-08-24 17:20:59 +02:00
Martchus
d0e684d2e9 makechrootpkg: Prevent removing build dir when --noextract specified 2017-08-24 17:20:59 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
000ea6c7bb arch-nspawn: Add --keep-unit to prevent scope conflicts 2017-08-24 17:03:32 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
5715134884 Version 20170813 2017-08-13 01:24:11 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
75fdff1811 makechrootpkg: Skip integrity checks inside the chroot
We've already done these during download_sources().
2017-07-13 19:43:52 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
0cbc179d21 makechrootpkg: Use long args for makepkg
Slightly more verbose, but also more understandable.
2017-07-13 19:42:01 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
a8f512a665 makechrootpkg: Move makepkg-as-root check to main()
download_sources(), while the first invocation of makepkg, is a rather
odd place for this kind of guard.
2017-07-13 19:37:15 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
086ff8b9e7 archrelease: Whitespace adjustment 2017-07-05 18:35:16 +02:00
Laurent Carlier via arch-projects
041afb5f07 archrelease: sync the repos directory before commiting changes 2017-07-05 18:23:38 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
3efa4b7bf5 makechrootpkg: Fix broken symlinks because of chroot SRCPKGDEST /srcpkgdest
Commit 58968cf fixed symlinks for package products in $startdir in
light of the simplified chroot setup.  However, a similar change needs
to be made for source-package products.  This was an easy omission to
make because makechrootpkg does not produce source-pakcages by
default.
2017-07-05 18:22:31 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
a9dab95334 Add # shellcheck directives to quiet shellcheck, add PKGBUILD.proto
The added PKGBUILD.proto file is so that shellcheck can know know what
to expect that a PKGBUILD sets.
2017-07-05 18:21:56 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
a396a69081 Make slightly more involved changes to make shellcheck happy.
- Use `read -r` instead of other forms of read or looping
 - Use arrays instead of strings with whitespaces.
 - In one instance, use ${var%%.*} instead of $(echo $var|cut -f. -d1)
2017-07-05 18:21:56 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
78fabcfa06 Quote strings that shellcheck warns about.
These changes are all strictly "slap some double-quotes in there".
Anything more than that is not included in this commit.
2017-07-05 18:21:56 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
3f72579b28 Make purely stylistic changes to make shellcheck happier.
These are purely stylistic changes that make shellcheck complain less.

This does NOT include things like quoting currently unquoted variables.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
430e1265fb Makefile: Add a simple 'check' target that runs shellcheck 2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
56cace32b2 makechrootpkg: Add a comment warning about a bug in "sudo -i"
The bug isn't currently triggered, but I accidentally did trigger when I
was trying to modify the command a bit.  I figure a "caution" sign would be
helpful to any future developers.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
2fdd1654b5 Makefile: m4_changequote([[[, ]]]) to avoid accidental quoting.
The default m4 quote characters: `QUOTE' are troublesome, because ` is
fairly likely to pop up in a shell script (if not for a subshell, because
it is a useful character in comments and user-facing messages).

So, this changes it to [[[QUOTE]]], as it is unlikely to see three braces
together like that, let alone in unbalanced sets.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
007d6fc15f Makefile: add .DELETE_ON_ERROR:
The absence of it was allowing an (m4-produced) syntax error in
in a change I had made to be masked.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
4f23609d4e makechroot: download_sources: Accept makepkg_owner as an argument
What this is really doing is fixing a conflict that I had incorrectly
resolved when rebasing what became 2fd5931 onto cda9cf4.  Of course,
because of dynamic scoping, everything worked out, and everything worked as
intended.

Before cda9cf4, it was appropriate for download_sources to take src_owner
as an argument, but after cda9cf4, it is now appropriate to take
makepkg_user as an argument.  However, it still takes src_owner as an
argument, but pays 0 attention to it; instead looking at makepkg_user which
it happily inherited because of dynamic scoping.

So change it to take makepkg_user as the argument.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
31a800fd88 lib/archroot.sh: subvolume_delete_recursive: support arbitrary recursion
The `-xdev` flag to `find` makes it not recurse over subvolumes; so it only
supports recursion with depth=1.  Fix this by having the function
recursively call itself.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
6d1992909c makechrootpkg: sync_chroot: Make more general.
This is inspired by the thought that went in to the delete_chroot
is_subvolume commit.

sync_chroot($chrootdir, $copydir) copies `$chrootdir/root` to `$copydir`.
That seems a little silly; why do we care about "$chrootdir"?  Have it just
be sync_chroot(source, destination) like every other sync/copy command.

Where this becomes tricky is check to decide if we are going to use btrfs
subvolumes or not.  We don't care if "$source/.." is on btrfs; the root
could be a directly-mounted subvolume, but and the destination could be
another subvolume of the same btrfs mounted somewhere else.

The things we do care about are:

 - The source is a btrfs subvolume (so that we can snapshot it)
 - The source is on the same filesystem as the directory that the copy will
   be created in.
 - If the destination exists:
   * that it is not a mountpoint (so that we can delete and recreate it)
   * that it is a btrfs subvolume (so that we can quickly delete it)

On the last point, it isn't necessary for creating the new snapshot, just
for quick deletion.  That can be a separate check, where we use regular
`rm` for deleting the existing copy, but use subvolume snapshots for
creating the new one.
2017-07-05 18:21:55 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
928744cbc4 makechrootpkg: sync_chroot: make usage easier to understand.
Also, shorten the "Synchronizing" message to only include the full path
to the copy if it was specified.

The capslocked variable names in the Usage comment were references to
things in Parabola's tools, that didn't make much sense here out of
context.
2017-07-05 18:21:54 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
2a9b30ed35 makechrootpkg: delete_chroot: Fix the is-btrfs-subvolume check.
First of all, it ran `is_btrfs "$chrootdir"` to decide if it was on
btrfs, but $chrootdir wasn't defined locally; it just happens to work
because $chrootdir was defined in main().  (I noticed this because in
Parabola, it is called differently, so $chrootdir was empty).

So I was tempted to just change it to `is_btrfs "$copydir"`, but if
$copydir is just a regular directory on a btrfs filesystem, then it
It would leave much of $copydir intact.  What we really care about is
if $copydir is a btrfs subvolume; which we can check by combining the
is_btrfs check with inspecting the inum of the directory.

I put this combined check in lib/archroot.sh:is_subvolume.

https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/arch-projects/2013-September/003901.html
2017-07-05 18:21:54 +02:00
Bartłomiej Piotrowski
c9b1fc08b5 Sync makepkg.conf files with pacman 5.0.2-2 2017-07-04 12:04:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
49088b0860 makechrootpkg: Avoid having code floating around outside of a function.
This means wrapping variable initialization in init_variables(), and the
main program routine in main().

I did NOT put `shopt -s nullglob` in to a function.

It make make sense to move init_variables() down into the main()
function, instead of having it as a separate function up top (if this
done, then the `-g` flag passed to `declare` in init_variables() can
be dropped).  However, in interest of keeping the `diff -w` small, and
merges/rebases simpler, this isn't done here.
2017-04-17 03:11:34 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
a1f8ac9c70 makechrootpkg: Delete chroot subvols recursively when using -T
I overlooked this one. Fixes FS#53513.
2017-04-09 02:37:24 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
2243a276e4 makechrootpkg: Unindent as suggested in 2fd5931 2017-04-05 22:20:01 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
578a62f1e0 mkarchroot: Don't let the environment affect pacstrap (sans proxy settings).
A previous iteration of this change (libretools commit d7dcce53396d)
simply inserted `env -i` to clear the environment.

However, that lead to it ignoring proxy settings, which some users had
problems with:

    https://labs.parabola.nu/issues/487:
    > To fix other bugs, the pacstrap environment is blank, which also
    > means that the proxy settings are blank.

So (in libretools commit d17d1d82349f), I changed it to use `declare
-x` to inspect the environment, and create a version of it only
consisting of variables ending with "_proxy" (case-insensitive).

I honestly don't remember what "other bugs" prompted me to clear the
environment in the first place.
2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
4228d79b63 makechrootpkg: Improve status messages.
In sync_chroot(), this makes the messages be a bit more precise with
exactly which thing they are syncing where.  This is based on my users
expressing confusion at what is going on (especially when something is
taking a long time, and they have to blame something for blocking).
With these changes, I haven't gotten such confusion in a long time
(but maybe my users just got used to it).

In delete_chroot(), this changes "temporary copy" to "chroot copy",
since in Parabola's version of the tools, the function can get called
from other places, and it isn't necessarily operating on a temporary
copy.
2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
5b9c06d275 mkarchroot, arch-nspawn: Add an -s flag to inhibit setarch.
This allows us to run an ARM chroot on an x86 box; as the binfmt
runner will set the architecture for us, and the x86
`/usr/bin/setarch` program won't know about the ARM architecture
string.
2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
82e6bfcd7a mkarchroot, arch-nspawn: Add an -f flag to add files to copy.
This allows us to copy in files like `qemu-arm-static`, which is
necessary for running an ARM chroot on an x86 box.
2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
35da846dde makechrootpkg: Adjust to have the functions work with set -u.
Even though main() doesn't call `set -u`; this way the functions will
continue to work if copied into an environment with `set -u`, or so
that we are ready if we ever want to start using `set -u`.
2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
2fd5931a8c makechrootpkg: Have functions be more function-y.
Rather than them simply being named blocks of code with braces around
them.

That is: have them take things via arguments rather than global
variables.

Specific notes:

 - create_chroot->sync_chroot:

   I pulled out locking the destination chroot; getting that lock is
   now the caller's responsibility.  It still handles locking the
   source chroot though.

   I pulled the `if [[ ! -d $copydir ]] || $clean_first;` check out; it is
   now the caller's responsibility to use that check when deciding if to
   call sync_chroot.

   However, when pulling that check out, I left it as `if true;`, to
   keep an indentation level.  This patch has had to be rebased/merged
   many times, and changing the indentation is a sure way to make that
   go less smoothly; I'm not going to re-indent this block until I see
   the check removed in the git.archlinux.org/devtools.git repository.

 - install_packages:

    1. Receive the list of packages as arguments, rather than a global
       variable.
    2. Make the caller responsible for looking at PKGBUILD.  From the
       name and arguments, one would never expect it to look at PKGBUILD.
2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
lukeshu@parabola.nu
6098253f6f Handle makepkg.conf more consistently 2017-04-05 22:17:51 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
c1a056c9a8 lib/common.sh: Make it safe to include multiple times.
This is similar to common C #ifdef guards.

I was tempted to wrap the entire thing in the if/fi, rather than use
'return' to bail early.  However, that means it won't execute anything
until after it reaches 'fi'.  And if `shopt -s extglob` isn't executed
before parsing, then it will syntax-error on the extended globs.  One
solution would have been to move `shopt -s extglob` up above the
include-guard.  But the committed solution is all-around simpler.
2017-04-05 22:14:20 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
747e8ffc8d lib/common.sh: Adjust to work properly with set -u. 2017-04-05 22:14:20 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
fb40b58772 makechrootpkg: install_pkg was an unused variable 2017-04-05 22:14:20 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
f9d9db474a makechrootpkg: Quote directory passed to rm -rf. 2017-04-05 22:14:20 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
253bb4c8d4 makechrootpkg: /chrootbuild: accept makepkg_args as arguments rather than embedding. 2017-04-05 22:14:19 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
189efd3bc0 makechrootpkg: usage(): Display the actual default makepkg flags.
It was displaing the value of the `makepkg_args` variable, which may
have already been changed by the argument parsing by the time it gets
to `-h`.  Now there is a separate `default_makepkg_args` variable.
2017-04-05 22:14:19 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
cb35d74f8c Avoid using string interpolation; use printf format strings instead.
This involves extending the signature of lib/common.sh's `stat_busy()`,
`lock()`, and `slock()`. The `mesg=$1; shift` in stat_busy even suggests
that this is what was originally intended from it.
2017-04-05 22:11:16 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
14d5e1c21b Add a "License:" tag to all code files.
In cases where there is no license specified, the file is tagged as
"License: Unspecified".  Obviously, that is not ideal, but it
highlights the fact, and I hope that it encourages whoever has the
authority to specify the license to do so.

On that note, to anyone who may have the authority to specify the
license of files in devtools: the current licence of many files is
GPLv2 with no option for later versions; I impore you to re-license
them to have the "or any later version" option.
2017-04-05 22:10:03 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
ae82f88e51 commitpkg: Adjust fancy quoting/escaping to not confuse Emacs.
It was confusing Emacs and screwing up the syntax highlighting and
auto-indentation for the rest of the file.
2017-04-05 22:10:03 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
f55786b7a8 Add '#!/hint/bash' headers to non-executable bash files.
This provides a cross-editor hint that the syntax of the file is Bash.
2017-04-05 22:10:03 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
8ff247de13 lib/common.sh: Make setup_workdir()/cleanup() safe for programs to not use 2017-04-05 22:03:00 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
d4f09b2c7b lib/common.sh: lock, slock: Create directories for locks if necessary. 2017-04-05 22:03:00 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
d333440810 lib/common.sh: lock, slock: Allow locks to be inherited.
Allow for locks to be inherited.  Inheriting the lock is something that
mkarchroot could do previously, but has since lost the ability to do.  This
allows for the programs to be more compos-able.

Do this by instead of unconditionally opening $file on $fd, first check if
$file is already open on $fd; and go ahead use it if it is.

The naive way of doing this would be to `$(readlink /dev/fd/$fd)` and
compare that to `$file`.  However, if `$file` is itself a symlink; or there
is a symlink somewhere in the path to `$file`, then this could easily fail.
Instead, check `[[ "/dev/fd/$fd" -ef "$file" ]]`.  Even though the Bash
documentation (`help test`) says that `-ef` checks for if the two files are
hard links to eachother, because it uses stat(3) (which resolves symlinks)
to do this check, it also works with the /dev/fd/ soft links.
2017-04-05 22:03:00 +02:00
Luke Shumaker
997bc1dc0d lib/common.sh: add 'lock_close'; use it as appropriate.
`lock_close FD` is easier to remember than 'exec FD>&-`; and is especially
easier if FD is a variable (though that isn't actually taken advantage of
here).

This uses Bash 4.1+ `exec {var}>&-`, rather than the clunkier
`eval exec "$var>&-"` that was necessary in older versions of Bash.
Thanks to Dave Reisner for pointing this new bit of syntax out to me
the last time I submitted this (back in 2014, 4.1 had just come out).
2017-04-05 22:03:00 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
f73c1f172f Version 20170320 2017-03-20 19:23:50 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
eec7fcf965 archbuild/makechrootpkg: Delete subvolumes in roots
The systemd package creates a subvolume at /var/lib/machines (through
tmpfiles), if it can. We need to delete this subvolume before we can
delete the parent subvolume.

Look through the root for inodes with the number 256. These identify
subvolume roots.
2017-03-07 20:39:11 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c53a3e8017 lib/archroot.sh: Add is_btrfs helper 2017-03-07 20:37:54 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
45f87aa9d5 lib/archroot.sh: Simplify check_root
Move the function and save the orig_argv right along it.
2017-03-07 19:35:09 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
66553e7e07 lib/archroot.sh: Move CHROOT_VERSION to a common file 2017-03-07 19:35:09 +01:00
Alad Wenter
cda9cf436b makechrootpkg: run makepkg as specified user
makepkg --asroot was removed with pacman 4.2. Allow to specify a
separate makepkg user from the command line instead.

Fixes FS#43432
2017-03-07 19:02:21 +01:00
Alad Wenter
06c98c1b54 makechrootpkg: explain load_vars
The way in which makechrootpkg reads variables from makepkg.conf(5) is
different from makepkg, in that it reads a subset of defined
variables, and only if the were not set in the environment before.

Mention this in the usage text.

Fixes FS#44827
2017-03-07 19:02:21 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
e10ce7fc70 Version 20170304 2017-03-04 15:10:11 +01:00
Levente Polyak
ff48401963 makechrootpkg: fix potential non-writable directories of builduser in /build
This removes the preservation of HOME being /build just for the pacman
sudo call. Former leads to unbuildable packages when an to be installed
dependency writes something into the HOME dir (f.e. .config). The
resulting directories won't be writable by the builduser as they are
owned by root:root and ultimately will fail to build anything that
requires so.
2017-03-04 15:05:09 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
15f16162fb lib: remove unused version, pkgparts 2017-03-04 15:03:37 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
fea14fa286 lib: remove unused left, right 2017-03-04 15:03:05 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
4bafd641ab makechrootpkg: Simplify symlink replacement 2017-03-04 15:00:50 +01:00
NicoHood
58968cfaa2 makechrootpkg: Fix broken symlink because of temporary chroot PKGDEST /pkgdest 2017-03-04 15:00:12 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c8147a3512 mkarchroot: Set LANG=en_US.UTF-8
In order to have an UTF-8 locale in the build root. This is something
normally set on real machines but is not set from our chroots. Meson,
for example, loudly complains when the locale charset is not UTF-8.

I'd like to have C.UTF-8, as most other distributions do. Unfortunately,
it's not part of vanilla glibc; en_US.UTF-8 will have to do.

mkarchroot already creates roots with both en_US.UTF-8 and de_DE.UTF-8,
the latter because builds of gcc (perhaps used to) require it.

Bump the CHROOT_VERSION due to the setting change.
2017-02-17 19:51:56 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
76dec8507e makechrootpkg: Reset environment for builduser
The gnustep-base package ships a profile.d script that adds
"$HOME/GNUstep/Tools" to the PATH, which breaks when the user changes
and causes meson to exit with a "permission denied" error.
2016-10-08 14:44:31 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
9727b684e6 makechrootpkg: Shorten user-config loading code
Make use of load_vars returning 1 when the file is missing. Avoids
introducing another variable.
2016-06-13 00:06:54 +02:00
Johannes Löthberg
e3fe7134e2 makechrootpkg: Use XDG_CONFIG_HOME for makepkg.conf
Implemented the same way as in makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
2016-06-13 00:02:29 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
70d3c63b5c Version 20160528 2016-05-28 17:52:56 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
eb6b0e3f11 arch-nspawn: Work around pacman master returning file-URLs from the cache 2016-05-28 12:33:00 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
69a3a0e7c0 makechrootpkg: Install packages in one step
Avoids having to specify them in dependency order.
2016-05-28 12:30:36 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
ca819a2357 makechrootpkg: Simplify chroot preparation (v2)
Copy both UID and primary GID of the invoker to the builduser. Mount
srcdest and startdir read-write.

v2: Fixed GnuPG keyring owner and moved running namcap from a heredoc
    to a function.
2016-05-28 12:30:36 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
eb88a303b7 Merge branch 'master' of git.archlinux.org:/srv/git/devtools 2016-05-28 10:09:45 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
8f94d8118f This is 20160527.1 2016-05-27 22:17:02 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
882f5d0451 mkarchroot: Manually generate machine-id because nspawn expects it 2016-05-27 22:16:09 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
f36c45e0c6 Makefile: change version to 20160527 2016-05-27 21:11:46 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
7fc22b9aba Use repos.archlinux.org everywhere instead of hostname based domains
This makes it a lot easier to swap out the host that actually serves the repos in the future.
2016-05-27 21:02:46 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
7fe0f68856 Set target vendor to pc for usge with gcc 6 2016-05-07 10:53:48 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
f85fc32d78 Update bundled pacman and makepkg configuration 2016-02-07 10:12:56 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
c5128dc45c makechrootpkg: set builduser's shell to /bin/bash
Having it set to nologin breaks a couple of tests in Git and Python.
2016-01-09 12:00:21 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f1effdf989 makechrootpkg: use /build as HOME for the builduser
This way the HOME dir is writable and no ugly hacks are required
in the PKGBUILD if $HOME is accessed (f.e. maven, gradle and also
some python tests etc.)
2016-01-09 11:59:44 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
38957783a2 Bump version to 20151129 2015-11-29 12:06:58 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
5a7890f076 arch-nspawn: preserve systemd-nspawn's stderr
It is passed down to the container when stdin/stdout is not a tty; this
is the case when archbuild's output is redirected to a pipe or file.
2015-11-29 12:01:34 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
ba45e06d3e Bump version to 20151002 2015-10-02 15:02:45 +03:00
Evangelos Foutras
393b9757cf Sync makepkg.conf files with pacman 4.2.1-4 2015-10-02 14:59:52 +03:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
3231cf8c36 Layer gnome-unstable above staging, not testing 2015-09-25 14:37:20 +03:00
Evangelos Foutras
f5ef88ec59 Bump version to 20150606 2015-06-06 15:27:00 +03:00
Evangelos Foutras
80ba87881a makechrootpkg: verify sources before preparing chroot
This is needed in order to use GPG's auto-key-retrieve keyserver option,
otherwise the keyring will get copied to the chroot before the required
keys are retrieved during 'makepkg --verifysource'.
2015-06-06 15:22:51 +03:00
Johannes Löthberg
763d8ffb53 commitpkg: Force unarmored signatures
Pacman cannot handle armored signatures, so force a generation of a
binary one using the --no-armor flag.
2015-06-06 15:22:33 +03:00
Pierre Schmitz
a1594ae1f6 Prepare release 2015-05-14 10:38:49 +02:00
Christian Hesse
49ad7e6dbe fix handling of public keyring
Chances are that pubring.kbx has been created by gpgsm but pubring.gpg
is still around with valid data. We do not know what file contains what
we need, so just copy both.

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2015-05-14 10:36:24 +02:00
Dave Reisner
85705363cd prepare 20150228 release 2015-02-28 10:53:37 -05:00
Christian Hesse
4a9ecdfe15 handle gnupg 2.1.x public keyring 2015-02-28 10:48:06 -05:00
Dave Reisner
33fda4e8ff makechrootpkg: keep all function defs together 2015-02-15 15:20:26 -05:00
Dave Reisner
db135e9013 prepare 20141224 release
It's an xmas miracle!
2014-12-24 10:56:41 -05:00
Dave Reisner
443aedca9a makepkg-*.conf: add VCSCLIENTS definition
Needed for makepkg 4.2
2014-12-23 17:52:45 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b58fb33482 checkpkg: mask errors from lib-provides
bsdtar doesn't consider it an error when your --include doesn't match
anything in the archive, so we're forced to dump stderr to /dev/null
here.

Fixes: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/42551
2014-10-25 11:36:28 -04:00
Dave Reisner
f743f58682 find-libdeps: cleanup some quoting/array concerns 2014-10-25 11:36:21 -04:00
Dave Reisner
98166e3454 prepare release 20141024 2014-10-24 09:19:17 -04:00
Dave Reisner
273d5a7a43 makechrootpkg: treat makepkg_args as array 2014-10-20 20:00:46 -04:00
Dave Reisner
e5fe74102d makechrootpkg: don't run namcap if makepkg fails
Fixes a regression introduced by 285a4e94cd, which made namcap a
"compile time" option.
2014-10-20 19:15:24 -04:00
Dave Reisner
28140068ce makechroot: die if we encounter an unexpected option 2014-10-19 19:36:31 -04:00
Dave Reisner
bf7dc83bab save and reuse original argv when auto-elevating
Fixes FS#42277.
2014-10-19 16:48:03 -04:00
Doug Newgard
cae954ddb5 checkpkg: improve soname checking
This makes soname checking much more robust and is explicit when a
soname change is found.
2014-10-01 20:25:59 -04:00
Dave Reisner
285a4e94cd makechrootpkg: make running namcap a "compile time" choice
We don't need to pass _chrootbuild this information at runtime -- we
can just generate the build script to do exactly what we want.
2014-09-30 19:28:47 -04:00
Dave Reisner
a78bdb841d makechrootpkg: build as same UID as invoker
Changing UID to that of 'nobody' is arbitrary at best, and an
information leak at worst. Let's just drop back to the same UID of the
invoker.
2014-09-30 19:28:47 -04:00
Luke Shumaker
12a1300694 makechrootpkg: Use the btrfs mountpoint/subvolume check consistently.
Commit 59e348fc3c added a btrfs subvolume
check, but only used it in create_chroot(); it missed clean_temporary().
2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Luke Shumaker
625e6bd412 mkarchroot: Correct "Usage:" text.
The "app" hasn't been an option since arch-nspawn was created.
2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Luke Shumaker
6dce935b99 archbuild: Fix a variable name mistake. ($copydir -> $copy)
It tried to lock `$copydir.lock`, which was the ONLY mention of $copydir in
the entire file.  Surely it meant `$copy.lock`; the line was probably
originally copy/pasted from makechrootpkg or similar, where $copydir is
used.
2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Dave Reisner
98841eb694 common: remove unreachable statement
We run from a non-interactive shell, so the exec which is inevitably
called will replace the current process and 'die' will never run under
any circumstances.

This also fixes a bug with the su fallback which would cause multiple
arguments to be concatenated without any whitespace between them.
2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Dave Reisner
be00fcd47b makechrootpkg: use a simpler/safer expression with eval 2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Luke Shumaker
651f8f834f arch-nspawn: Fix a grammar mistake (a/an) in an error message. 2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Dave Reisner
d83805bc54 nspawn: skip machine registration
No need to do this since we don't run an init system in the build root.
2014-09-22 08:25:43 -04:00
Dave Reisner
af6c0a0f6a common.sh: propagate error through trap_exit
Fixes a breakage introduced in 6db31cc16a which leads to errors
being masked from makechrootpkg.
2014-09-22 08:25:42 -04:00
Pierre Schmitz
905198295d Prepare release 2014-05-10 08:09:49 +02:00
Sébastien Luttringer
03611dc63e Switch to root when started as regular user
In collaborative builder machine, these scripts are often allowed to become root
via sudo. This patch avoid to prefix them by sudo each time or call su.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-10 08:05:08 +02:00
BlackEagle
7aac293d76 get_full_version :: remove duplicated epoch check
Signed-off-by: BlackEagle <ike.devolder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-10 08:04:51 +02:00
BlackEagle
6db31cc16a when cleanup is called without code exit with 0
Signed-off-by: BlackEagle <ike.devolder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-10 08:04:24 +02:00
BlackEagle
4ee45fe6d4 abort and die are serious errors so throw 255 out
Signed-off-by: BlackEagle <ike.devolder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-10 08:03:58 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
0b2ae245f1 Update mtime of chroot when building
Makes the chroot mtime a useful indicator of last usage.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-10 08:01:41 +02:00
Joel Teichroeb
fdd079f3d5 Remove broken unknown arguments check and fix usage
If getopts comes across an unknown argument, $arg it set to '?' and
$OPTARG is unset. Therefore the getopts line detecting unknown arguments
doesn't work. Arguments to pass to makepkg are already handled by
passing all the aguments after the end-of-options marker (--), but this
wasn't documented in the usage text.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-10 08:00:56 +02:00
Allan McRae
9f7ba3d407 Use -fstack-protector-strong
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2014-05-04 07:39:54 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
40ea1b3ca5 Prepare release 2013-11-07 14:57:03 +01:00
Markus M. May
fd1be1b27a FS#37656 - [devtools] add SRCPKGDEST to makechrootpkg
Signed-off-by: Markus M. May <mmay@javafreedom.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-07 14:56:11 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
8ce6e29add makechrootpkg: Don't copy the logpipe
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-07 14:54:53 +01:00
Dave Reisner
1e043445d2 find_cached_package: avoid adding duplicates
If PKGDEST is set when makepkg was run, the package will be present in
find_cached_package's search path by default, causing an error.

This also fixes a display bug which causes no output to be shown when
multiple packages are found.

Fixes FS#37626.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-04 10:02:20 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
3029c8e4bc checkpkg: Fix usage of local mirrors 2013-11-01 21:13:43 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
b8dd44083a Prepare release 2013-11-01 20:35:52 +01:00
Maxime Gauduin
4b3a6c7803 Add support for building bzr packages
Fixes FS#36654: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/36654.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Gauduin <alucryd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-01 20:30:52 +01:00
WorMzy Tykashi
59e348fc3c Add mountpoint check to btrfs subvol logic
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-01 20:28:17 +01:00
Dave Reisner
27441f201c common: implement find_cached_package
This function (currently) searches through $PWD and $PKGDEST looking
for a tarball matching the requested package name, architecture, and
pkgver. If found, it writes the full path to the located package to
stdout and returns 0, else 1. If more than 1 match is found, it's
treated as an error and the user will need to figure out what to do.

Use this in checkpkg and commitpkg, which previously implemented their
own less complete logic, to locate the build artifacts they rely on.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-01 18:52:03 +01:00
Dave Reisner
c4f72f781b commitpkg: check all files at once for version control
Instead of dying at the first sight of an unversioned file, this lets
commitpkg dump all known unversioned files at once.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-01 18:40:15 +01:00
Dave Reisner
9974309cee makechrootpkg: Look harder for -R argument
We shouldn't be in the business of reparsing makepkg's arguments, but
since we have to treat the case of repackaging separately, do a better
job of trying to find signs of it happening. This change lets you pass
the longopt, --repackage, or multiple shortopts such as -RA, and still
get the intended effect.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-01 18:38:07 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
e3cf64ad2f checkpkg: Only match .so at end of filenames for soname check
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-11-01 18:35:54 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
7524bec6d9 checkpkg: Fix soname check
The bsdtar options were in the incorrect order and objdump couldn't find the files.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-10-27 15:57:16 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
70309118ab checkpkg: Create symlinks to old packages in $TEMPDIR instead of $PWD
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-10-27 15:54:41 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
164f5b758d prepare release 2013-10-20 13:32:16 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
1ae58aed5b Remove libtool files by default 2013-10-20 13:31:02 +02:00
Allan McRae
0d16a91350 Make !staticlibs the default in makepkg.conf
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-10-19 16:26:54 +02:00
Dave Reisner
e77242c539 makechrootpkg: add generic support for additional bind mounts
Piggyback on systemd-nspawn's --bind and --bind-ro flags to allow
arbitrary mount points to be added to the build container.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-19 22:11:27 +02:00
Dave Reisner
9c85d116f0 checkpkg: avoid using PKGEXT to guess tarball name
We can't rely on PKGEXT since it's not sourced from a controlled
location. Case in point, if a user sets PKGEXT=.pkg.tar.gz, checkpkg
fails and offers no easy workaround.

Instead, use glob expansion to resolve the name of the tarball, bailing
if it can't be found definitively. This involves some refactoring to
avoid modifying PWD (which is advisable regardless).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-18 18:19:12 +02:00
Dave Reisner
914ebe3a74 ensure that PKGBUILDs aren't sourced via PATH
Fixes FS#36378.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-18 18:17:31 +02:00
Dave Reisner
7267664ed8 arch-nspawn: allow oddly named directories
This fixes various errors one might encounter when trying to use a
build root or cachedir with whitespace in it.

Note that the cachedir fix is not a complete one, as pacman's output is
unreliable (and not meant for parsing here).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-18 18:17:05 +02:00
Dave Reisner
e0f7c21a68 arch-nspawn: avoid escaping mount_args
eval is no longer involved in the execution of systemd-nspawn, so we no
longer need a layer of escaping on the arguments.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-18 18:16:59 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
8dbb02de4f Prepare release 2013-08-08 22:51:14 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
b12d5eaf85 Update makepkg.conf from pacman 4.1.2 2013-08-08 22:50:19 +02:00
Dave Reisner
0fa2536957 Makefile: validate generated files as part of build
For example...

$ make
GEN checkpkg
GEN commitpkg
GEN archco
archco: line 179: unexpected EOF while looking for matching `"'
archco: line 181: syntax error: unexpected end of file
make: *** [archco] Error 2

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-08 21:28:19 +02:00
Dave Reisner
be3c71fa81 avoid injecting code into the format string
Now that die() properly forwards arguments to error(), we can expect
that the first arg is a format string and not the entirety of the
output.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-08 21:28:10 +02:00
Dave Reisner
fb30cabe61 common: Properly forward arguments from die to error
Also allow this function to be called without arguments, in which case,
don't call error at all. Some uses of this function wrongly assumed
that this was already allowed.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-08 21:28:00 +02:00
Florian Pritz
29e62278a7 arch-nspawn: remove leading - from the machine name/hostname
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-08-08 21:24:55 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
8c4553f68c prepare new release 2013-05-25 22:39:46 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6006783cbc Move all scripts from sbin to bin directories 2013-05-25 22:39:11 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
e26fddb608 Update .gitignore 2013-05-25 22:17:30 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c3bb10046b crossrepomove: copy packages locally
Nymeria's HTTP mirror is now password-protected and crossrepomove broke.
2013-05-25 16:55:53 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
7a3f524201 makechrootpkg: Add hack for svn sources and makepkg 4.1.1 2013-05-25 16:55:53 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
fc71be3479 makechrootpkg: Update comments to point out the bad hacks 2013-05-11 12:26:21 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
38692e8d74 archbuild: Correct makechrootpkg argument order
The user-passed makechrootpkg_args may contain a "--" to pass
arguments to makepkg. In this case, the order is wrong.
2013-05-11 12:26:21 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
a5bc6acf32 arch-nspawn: Quiet systemd-nspawn again
systemd-nspawn always outputs some debug messages over stderr.
Both stdout and stderr from inside the chroot are sent through
a pty to stdout.
2013-05-11 12:26:20 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
4937422fcf makechrootpkg: Split out chrootbuild into a function
Now syntax highlighting works properly! :D
2013-05-11 12:26:16 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
4dcdbcaf1e makechrootpkg: Ensure we have a writable PKGBUILD
For pkgver updates.
2013-05-06 01:51:06 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1489f75419 arch-nspawn: setarch to CARCH
Allows calling makechrootpkg without worrying about the architecture
2013-05-06 01:50:05 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
7ca4eb82dd makechrootpkg: Avoid parsing PKGBUILD and support VCS sources
- Ensure sources are available before entering chroot
 - Bind STARTDIR and SRCDEST into the chroot read-only
 - Refactor makechrootpkg and introduce meaningful functions

Avoids copying stuff from/to the chroot as much as possible. With
VCS sources these copies can get quite expensive.
2013-05-03 08:48:14 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
abba9f07a6 makechrootpkg: Remove add_to_db feature
I don't think this is much use in our common workflow. Our pacman
configs don't even make a reference to /repo.
2013-05-03 04:34:29 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
a7a05deb37 lib/common.sh: Introduce locking helper functions
Reduces code duplication.

With makechrootpkg not calling mkarchroot anymore,
the lock handover protocol is unneeded.

arch-nspawn does not do any locking, so add protection to archbuild.
2013-05-03 04:34:29 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
0e98bd8c48 arch-nspawn: Set machine name
Recent changes to systemd-nspawn have it take the machine name from
the chroot dir name, which isn't unique enough for our setup.
2013-05-03 04:34:29 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
453558c4bb mkarchroot: Refactor chroot running into a new script
Separates the two features of mkarchroot. Provides users of the new
arch-nspawn with the full feature set of systemd-nspawn.

For example, this can be used to bind custom directories into the chroot.
2013-05-02 10:33:24 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6e086f0e70 Prepare release 2013-04-08 18:09:19 +02:00
Sébastien Luttringer
93d735981b makechrootpkg: Add option to build in temp chroot
Add option -T to build in a temporary chroot. This apply to any kind of
filesytem and allow to easily parrallelize builds.

This patch also simplify how $default_copy and $copy are defined.

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-04-08 14:30:45 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
97a2d2414a mkarchroot: Fix creation of btrfs snapshot and remove force option 2013-04-07 16:05:21 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
eebfd9a30f Prepare release 2013-04-06 20:06:23 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
5085cfcdf9 Bump the chroot version as we changed the default package set 2013-04-06 19:55:58 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6caad191c1 Only try to use btrfs snapshots if chroots are on a btrfs partition 2013-04-06 19:50:17 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
092fe2ffde Sync pacman.conf and makepkg.conf with pacman 4.1 2013-04-06 18:59:16 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
71b15aafb6 Simplify update call as pacman does no longer support SyncFirst 2013-04-06 18:43:01 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
4bcafd9768 mkarchroot: code cleanup 2013-04-06 18:38:10 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
1f0374d8a6 mkarchroot: Create working directory if needed 2013-04-06 18:32:10 +02:00
Dave Reisner
f03086a0e1 use nspawn to bind mount needed directories
systemd-nspawn is capable of doing this as of systemd-198. Doing this
means we can remove all of our home grown chroot mount/umount logic, as
it's all performed by pacstrap or systemd-nspawn.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-04-06 18:15:14 +02:00
Sébastien Luttringer
35dc7485fb makechrootpkg: Stat chrootdir type after existancy
Move detection of chrootdir type after have check if the directory exists.

This avoid the following messages when -r is not given
stat: cannot read file system information for '': No such file or directory

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-03-17 11:24:04 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
89bda9217d archbuild: only use base-devel to new chroot
Since TODO [1] which state:
It would be good for base-devel to install everything needed for a build chroot
we can remove base and sudo

[1] https://www.archlinux.org/todo/add-more-to-base-devel/

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-03-17 11:23:24 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
0dc2550af3 makechrootpkg: use var instead of file in $copydir
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-03-10 10:33:58 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
0c62649b64 makechrootpkg: Properly detect filesystem type
Enable btrfs features only if the underlying filesystem is btrfs and not rely
on the presence of the btrfs tools.

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-03-10 10:33:58 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
b807c51102 makechrootpkg: Display uniform $copy in messages
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-03-10 10:33:58 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
280d5501b0 makechrootpkg: -I to handle multiple packages
Since commit cb3a6ce, running makechroot 2 times to insert a package in a build
directory require to find a directory without PKGBUILD

cd /var/empty
makechrootpkg -cu -I virtualbox-host-dkms-*-i686.pkg.tar.xz -r <dir>
makechrootpkg -I virtualbox-host-dkms-*-i686.pkg.tar.xz -r <dir>
cd -
makechrootpkg -n -r <dir>

This patch allow makechrootpkg to handle more than one package to be installed
before the build is run and simplify the previous case in

makechrootpkg -ncu -I virtualbox-host-dkms-*-i686.pkg.tar.xz -I virtualbox-guest-dkms-*-i686.pkg.tar.xz -r <dir>

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-03-10 10:33:58 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
dee4d05b1e Fix crossrepomove for use on nymeria 2013-01-27 17:04:26 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
10eba28151 archbuild: fix default build flags 2013-01-22 20:12:36 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
9cef7e0a9e Use nymeria instead of gerolde 2013-01-20 18:24:04 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
cb3a6ce1e8 -I ends early if there is nothing to build
This allow to build in one shot a package depending of a missing package

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-01-20 10:21:39 +01:00
Sébastien Luttringer
fb71ad1e7f Allow makechroot options in archbuild
This will allow, by example, to easily build a package with a custom pkg.

staging-x86_64-build -- -cI /var/cache/pacman/pkg/ldoc-1.2.0-1-any.pkg.tar.xz
staging-x86_64-build -- -n

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2013-01-20 10:21:31 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
828143751b Drop initscripts support 2013-01-20 10:08:24 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
890baf6891 Make sure the usage functions are consistent
The usage messages now begins with a "Usage:", i.e. capitalized and with a colon. Fixes FS#26956.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-11-15 15:25:07 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
2020fb406a prepare release 2012-11-15 14:38:03 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
4427b80aba crossrepomove: Fix dbscripts path for [community] move to nymeria
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-11-15 14:32:34 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
41b54bdde5 mkarchroot: Remove unnecessary parameter for usage function
Fixes FS#28973

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-11-15 14:28:50 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
54bad4c91d checkpkg: replace wget usage by curl
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-11-15 14:27:20 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
fc95a57556 prepare release 2012-11-12 18:44:26 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
21458bd07b For now only packages and svn from sigurd will be moved to nymeria 2012-11-11 21:07:34 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
a05969b29d prepare release 2012-11-03 18:26:45 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
fdeaed894a Use nymeria.archlinux.org as shared host for developers and trusted users 2012-11-03 17:32:33 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
3699321904 Prepare release 2012-10-27 20:31:05 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
d8ec9c9066 Use sigurd.archlinux.org instead of the now moved aur.archlinux.org hostname 2012-10-27 20:30:24 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
fbb2bd2b8e Fix return code handling
Stop trap_exit from forcing a 0 exit code. This fixes makechrootpkg,
which used to always return success, even if the build failed.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-10-27 20:27:39 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
d5c6bc7656 prepare release 2012-10-13 21:06:31 +02:00
Dan McGee
f7615fe7d7 Fix releasing files with '@' in name
SVN treats '@' as a revision specifier, so with the addition of systemd
spawning service files, we need to ensure it doesn't screw things up.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-10-13 20:40:09 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
1703b92e1a mkarchroot: do not try to bind /etc/timezone from host
/etc/timezone is no longer used. We only need /etc/localtime.

This fixes FS#31929
2012-10-13 20:33:53 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
cfd81ab563 prepare release 2012-10-04 21:19:31 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ac1ee41e4d mkarchroot: use a helper function to simplify bind mounts 2012-10-04 19:57:19 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ecae65e7fd prepare release 2012-10-03 12:46:07 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
c617c67ff8 mkarchroot: Use systemd's nspawn if available
* If we are running systemd use nspawn instead of our own chroot setup
* Use pacstrap to setup our chroot environment
* Make sure the common trap is still called
* Bind resolve.conf, timezone and lcoaltime from the host if nspawn is not used
* Run ldconfig within the chroot
2012-10-03 12:38:33 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
7228cc00e8 Use dedicated trap functions to avoid unsetting the trap when e.g. cleanup is called 2012-10-03 12:35:40 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
a26416dca3 makechrootpkg: do not run namcap as root 2012-10-03 12:32:55 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
37bb1d33a7 archbuild: abort if update or creation of the chroot fails 2012-10-03 12:32:03 +02:00
Florian Pritz
dbef0b91bf Fix ownership when copying files from chroot to system
Previously files were always owned by nobody which means trying to write
to them directly would fail because only the owner has +w.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-09-14 16:01:01 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
499f20071a prepare release 2012-07-20 23:29:43 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
0d3d63e3aa Fix bash completions
With bash-completion 2.0, the completion must have the same name as the binary.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-06-25 00:01:32 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
d2ec5ab67d prepare release 2012-06-16 17:06:15 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
a23d93ce7f commitpkg: check if there are any packages to process before doing so 2012-06-16 16:56:42 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
246b8ead60 mkarchroot: reset trap so it wont be called twice 2012-06-16 16:21:55 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
b14a1b1bcc archbuild: do not cross filesystems when removing the chroot copies 2012-06-16 15:28:52 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
0cd9e1ae7e archbuild: use flock -n as we do elsewhere 2012-06-16 15:24:16 +02:00
Allan McRae
3734c80bf7 Fix /run permissions in chroot
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-06-15 09:27:27 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
7b696f6f8d prepare release 2012-06-12 18:22:37 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ed9d5a16e3 Support multiple package cache directories
* We use the host package cache configuration
* As only the first cache will be written to, we mount the others readonly
2012-06-12 08:17:58 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
e44c49aebb archbuild: Store chroots in /var/lib instead of /var/tmp
/var/tmp is cleaned up by tmpfiels by default which we cannot handle gracefully.
2012-06-12 06:53:11 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
c5cd72c085 Remove no longer used option 2012-06-11 23:44:30 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
8bedb89fd6 Add a version number to each chroot so we can tell the user when a rebuild is needed 2012-06-11 17:04:17 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
c7cda47342 Enable signature checking within build environment
* bind /sys and /dev/pts from host
* drop support for devtmpfs as it is no longer needed
* add /run and /dev/rtc0
* clone own ipc, uts and mount namespaces for chroot
* set localtime, timezone and locale within chroot environment
* copy /etc/pacman.d/gnupg from host
2012-06-11 16:44:23 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
41b39c3e78 prepare release 2012-06-11 11:39:42 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6743c97383 update makepkg.conf and pacman.conf 2012-06-11 11:32:05 +02:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
231496c82a mkarchroot: use bind mount instead of symlink for /dev/ptmx
We need /dev/ptmx -> /dev/pts/ptmx (for devpts -o newinstance)
Other way to do this thing is via bind mount (as said kernel doc[devpts.txt]).

This should be done in this way at least for /dev as devtmpfs in the chroot.
Since we can not touch /dev (devtmpfs), because devtmpfs is "singleton",
just use bind method and avoid interference.

Do it the same for both modes of /dev (tmpfs) and (devtmpfs) to keep it simple.

Currently devpts in chroot is not working without this when using /dev as devtmpfs,
this fixes this issue (opening /dev/ptmx, creates devices nodes on outside /dev/pts)

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-06-10 12:57:14 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
fda394f1a0 Gracefully handle files containing an "@"
The "@" sign in file names in SVN marks the beginning of a pegged
version number -- from the Subversion book:

    Peg revisions are specified to the Subversion command-line client
    using at syntax, so called because the syntax involves appending an
    “at sign” (@) and the peg revision to the end of the path with which
    the revision is associated.

The trivial workaround is to always append an at sign to the end of the
path in the version control checks.

Before:

    $ community-stagingpkg 'Add systemd units.'
    ==> ERROR: exim-submission@.service is not under version control
    $ svn status -v | grep 'exim-submission@.service'
    A                -       ?   ?           exim-submission@.service

After:

    $ community-stagingpkg 'Add systemd units.'
    ==> Committing changes to trunk...done
    ==> Signing package exim-4.80-2-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz...
    [...]

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-06-10 12:47:40 +02:00
Allan McRae
addea828fe Prevent packages being uploaded with "Unknown Packager"
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-06-10 12:46:32 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
acbbe8cb90 Move bash_completion to /usr/share/bash-completion/completions/ 2012-03-21 07:32:44 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
9840730880 Prepare release 2012-03-05 18:02:22 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
502813a107 commitpkg: Pass through the -f parameter to archrelease so unofficial repos can be used 2012-03-05 16:48:19 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
181646d03b makechrootpkg: Install the built packages before running namcap to reduce false positives and check inter split package dependencies. 2012-03-05 16:28:09 +01:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
2d9a99ee15 Add -d param to optionally support devtmpfs
The main intention of this patch is to take advantage of
/dev/loop-control and loop devices.

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-03-05 14:30:26 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
cecd257786 Add script to move packages between [extra] and [community] 2012-03-05 01:48:27 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
82dcc19ff9 commitpkg: Add ability to override the server
This might be useful for unofficial repos
2012-03-04 22:38:07 +01:00
Florian Pritz
c5893672a6 find-libdeps: fix extraction of soname
libperl.so results in soname="libperl.so.so" which is wrong.

This returns the correct string: "libperl.so"

Fix-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-03-04 22:25:22 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
73d61f43c7 prepare release 2012-02-15 11:33:12 +01:00
Allan McRae
afc93f3430 Always sign unsigned packages
We do not allow packages to be uploaded without signatures so force
all unsigned packages to be signed.  This has the bonus of not
breaking makepkg signing support by requiring you use an internal
makepkg variable.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-02-15 11:25:49 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
9ab0d94578 archrelease: Validate tags before releasing
Compare every single tag with a list of valid tags. This prevents broken
releases which occurred whenever someone made a typo on the command
line:

    $ ./archrelease community i686
    ==> ERROR: archrelease: Invalid tag: "community" (use -f to force release)

Since the list is used in the ZSH completion as well, break it out to a
separate file and move it to "lib/". Also, add a command line parameter
to allow for releasing to an unknown repository when necessary.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-02-12 12:35:14 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
5e8cb67603 zsh_completion: Remove multilib*-{i686, any}
These tags make no sense. Remove them from our valid tag array that is
used for tab completion.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-02-08 12:53:13 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
65365f1853 prepare release 2012-02-06 21:17:44 +01:00
Florian Pritz
06a681ca3d commitpkg: use absolute paths when uploading files
This fixes a problem where rsync won't work if the pkgver contains a
colon (epoch). In this case rsync assumes that the colon is a
remote:path separator and having src and dest both being remote
arguments is not supported.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-02-06 21:15:57 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
b763788b16 Fix typo: It's PKGDEST and not DESTDIR 2012-01-19 18:45:01 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
c2d9a0e7b1 Set correct pacman.conf
Commit ee4edefa2f reverted too much and left pacman.conf unset
2012-01-18 16:56:41 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
ee4edefa2f Remove any pacman 4 related workarounds 2012-01-18 11:24:07 +01:00
Allan McRae
a8b64995ee makechrootpkg: fix error message
Passing a directory that does not exist to makechrootpkg results in
an error message:

==> ERROR: No chroot dir defined, or invalid path ''

The path is not being printed as the readlink command blanks it if
the directory does not exist. Fix this.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-01-18 11:06:52 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
2c9855fe6b Fix up usage help, the Default line belongs to -l
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-01-18 11:06:52 +01:00
Florian Pritz
4d4ffb5d8f find-libdeps: fix syntax error
The problem has been introduced in commit
56d4dec19f

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-01-18 11:06:52 +01:00
Dave Reisner
2d79191c97 commitpkg: behavior more sanely in searching for built pkgs
In the case of a .pkg.tar.xz and a .pkg.tar.gz existing in the same
directory, all commitpkg would say is:

  ==> WARNING: Could not find . Skipping x86_64

Upon digging into the logic, we did a few things poorly, mostly in
getpkgfile:

- getpkgfile tried to die in a subshell (within the command substituion
  assignment to 'pkgfile'). This will never work.
- We assumed that proper glob expansion happened when we received
  exactly 1 arg. This isn't necessarily true without nullglob in effect.
- We dumped the real error (spewed by getpkgfile) to /dev/null.
- We checked for the package twice in both $PWD and $DESTDIR/.
- We checked for file existance multiple times.

Address this by:

- not hiding errors. revamp the wording a little bit to make it more
  obvious why we failed, particularly in the case of a glob expanding to
  more than 1 file. Logic here is simplified to pointing out the failure
  cases of 0 and >1.
- setting nullglob so the number of arguments passed into getpkgfile is
  meaningful from a 'did it decisively resolve' point of view.
- not trying to exit the entire script from a subshell. Just return a
  value (and use it).
- avoiding the package file existance check afterwards. this is a
  freebie from getpkgfile when the glob passed fails to expand.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-01-18 11:06:51 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
5b3ca82ae5 prepare release 2012-01-14 20:25:43 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
90a5e441cd Add support for multilib-staging 2012-01-14 20:22:26 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
3c7dbe0ea2 prepare release 2011-12-20 23:12:49 +01:00
Tom Gundersen
130227546a mkarchroot: do not create /etc/mtab
As of filesystem-2011.12 this is not needed anylonger, and indeed blocks the
chroot from being upgraded. As a workaround, recreating the chroot fixes the
problem.

Fixes FS#27640.

Reported-by: Andrea Scarpino <andrea@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-12-20 23:05:44 +01:00
Timothy Redaelli
594f972666 Use #!/bin/bash instead of #!/bin/sh
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-12-20 23:05:38 +01:00
Dave Reisner
0e32334cca archbuild: exec makechrootpkg to preserve exit value
This fixes a compound command such as the one below from continuing even
if the first fails.

  extra-x86_64-build && extra-i686-build

The problem is that 'cleanup 0' is triggered in archbuild even after an
unsucessful call to makechrootpkg. Since both archbuild and
makechrootpkg share the exact same cleanup function (from lib/common),
we simply force the shell to exit with the true return value by exec'ing
the call to makechrootpkg.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-12-04 18:13:13 +01:00
Allan McRae
58d0ccc4f8 makearchroot: source /etc/profile before building
This ensures the PATH used when building is the default path and
not the value set by the user calling makechrootpkg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-12-04 18:04:47 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
bfd2862bc4 Makefile: Remove output files before replacing them
This one fixes all the "Permission denied" errors we got when invoking
make(1) after modifying a source file and removes the need to delete the
generated scripts manually.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-12-04 18:01:51 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
56d4dec19f Use double brackets everywhere
We already fixed a couple of these in previous patches - this one should
replace all remaining uses of single brackets ("[") by double brackets.
Also, use arithmetic evaluation instead of conditional expressions where
appropriate and make use of "-z" and "-n" instead of comparing variables
to empty strings.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-12-04 18:00:57 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
f62f307c84 Add support for kde-unstable and gnome-unstable 2011-12-04 17:48:46 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
8efe61b4e2 Skip archrelease for missing architectures 2011-11-21 10:24:29 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
8ffc2e44ee prepare release 2011-11-11 22:06:17 +01:00
Ionut Biru
a628c1a006 makechrootpkg: fix repack
repack is defined as a boolean. set it true when -R is passed

/usr/sbin/makechrootpkg: line 295: 1: command not found

Signed-off-by: Ionut Biru <ibiru@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-09 20:32:29 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
8ba91b0574 prepare release 2011-11-06 10:38:39 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
671643053d archbuild: Always use recent makepkg.conf and pacman.conf; Run namcap by default 2011-11-06 10:32:55 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
bf96c9f949 makechrootpkg: Create separate namcap log for every single file 2011-11-06 10:31:37 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
a030cdc532 mkarchroot: Respect makepkg.conf and pacman.conf when running a command 2011-11-06 10:27:55 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
b7a3c74c50 commitpkg: Fix commit message
Move the message template before the if block. We moved this to the else
branch in commit aaa68e49e8 which lead to
"msgtemplate" being unset if one specifies a commit message on the
command line, thus stripping the "upgpkg:" part.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-04 19:38:11 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
a33ee6e78d commitpkg: Make svn quieter
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-04 19:34:50 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
1f24380a31 Makefile: Add common library to build dependencies
Add "lib/common.sh" to the build dependencies of our scripts to ensure
everything gets rebuilt when we modify a common function. Also, add
"Makefile" itself to enforce a rebuild if the edit command changes.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-04 19:34:13 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
fbbcc30e3d lib/common.sh: Revise setup_workdir()
* Honor TMPDIR variable (just like we did in commit a0c6bf45).
* Quote path properly.
* Avoid unnecessary use of basename(1).

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-04 19:34:00 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
c1752bd716 lib/common.sh: Use double brackets
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-04 19:33:51 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
42d821ef7b Capitalize output messages
Some of the output/error messages were capitalized, some were
not. This patch capitalize everything for consistency sake. Other
minor changes were done to the messages like removing the superfluous
"error:" from die messages and adding a final period to messages that
were complete sentences as appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-11-04 19:33:29 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
aea075d817 Change version to date 2011-11-01 21:36:33 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
aaa68e49e8 Move common functions to a shared file
* common.sh is included on build time
* most functions are copied from makepkg
2011-11-01 15:33:08 +01:00
Florian Pritz
7c78599a61 add libdepends script
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-10-31 22:57:12 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
89950ccd70 Create signature for devtools source package 2011-10-31 14:04:35 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
c238cfafa0 commitpkg: Require signatures for packages 2011-10-31 13:53:43 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
0e58198f36 commitpkg: Check signature if available 2011-10-31 13:14:16 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
e07d318c54 commitpkg: Skip signing if signature already exists 2011-10-31 12:53:50 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
a06ac2451a makechrootpkg: Handle install and changelog file the same way as in commitpkg 2011-10-31 12:43:16 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
fbdcf6e309 makechrootpkg: Do not export LANG
This is done by /etc/profile.d/locale.sh. By this we also ensure compatibility with systemd.
2011-10-31 12:02:46 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
01f5cdf33d prepare release 2011-10-29 21:53:36 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
e333a4da81 temporary workaround until pacman 4.0 moves to [core]
Pacman 3 refuses to work with the pacman 4 SigLevel config entry

Also related: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/26555
2011-10-29 21:46:19 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
86045b965e makechrootpkg: Make host pubring.gpg available to check signed sources 2011-10-29 20:37:28 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
bea69043fb commitpkg: Sync changelog/install check with makepkg(8)
makepkg(8) currently uses a smarter method to extract all changelog and
install files from a PKGBUILD. Sync commitpkg to use the same code (with
small modifications). This also adds support for changelog/install files
that contain a whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-10-29 13:19:10 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
521c4ceec3 makechrootpkg: Set the C locale system wide
makepkg sources /etc/profile before calling build(). This will change the
locale from C to en_US.UTF8.
2011-10-29 13:05:09 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
3a684f667b prepare release 2011-10-14 10:18:56 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ae7b13646e Disable pacman's CheckSpace option as it fails within a chroot 2011-10-14 10:16:55 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6cf9332896 prepare release 2011-10-14 10:06:33 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
f10d88e029 Call locale-gen with full path in chroot environment
Thanks to Peter Schuller for this hint
2011-10-14 09:55:28 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
5c6c2d532e makechrootpkg: Avoid running namcap on non-package file like signatures
We only use .xz or .gz compression for pacakges so we can be more specific and avoid a match of e.g. *.pkg.tar.xz.sig etc.
2011-10-14 09:35:39 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
b06b9f6010 Merge remote-tracking branch 'cryptocrack/for-pierre' 2011-10-14 09:33:07 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
9715ddbe9d Apply pacman 4.0 changes to our copies of makepkg.conf and pacman.conf
Note: Signature checks are disabled for now until we provide a keyring package.
2011-10-14 09:09:46 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
a0c6bf4556 Honor TMPDIR environment variable
Replace all mktemp(1) invocations that hardcode "/tmp" with `mktemp
--tmpdir` and change templates accordingly.

Note that "--tmpdir" is GNU-ish which is okay given that we currently
support Arch Linux only anyway.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-13 11:10:09 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
dcb80e7b5c finddeps: Unset optdepends
The optdepends array should be unset before sourcing the PKGBUILD to avoid
dangling optional depends.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-13 08:23:36 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
84b789f760 finddeps: Use read builtin to iterate over packages
Using parameter substitution might result in unpredictable behaviour
when directories contain whitespaces here. The read shell builtin is the
proper way to read single lines.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-13 08:23:35 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
8edb443c12 finddeps: Remove redundant cd(1)
Source the PKGBUILD using the correct path (relative to our base
directory) instead of using cd(1) to switch to the ABS base directory
first and to the package directory afterwards.

This is very useful when trying to track errors, also:

    $ ~/src/devtools/finddeps libdaq
    ./community/snort (depends)
    PKGBUILD: line 17: ruby: command not found
    PKGBUILD: line 19: [: =: unary operator expected

Versus:

    $ ~/src/devtools/finddeps libdaq
    ./community/snort (depends)
    ./community/ruby-pkgconfig/PKGBUILD: line 17: ruby: command not found
    ./community/lmms/PKGBUILD: line 19: [: =: unary operator expected

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-13 08:23:34 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
4800be25c2 finddeps: Proper quoting, use double brackets
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-13 08:23:33 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
fe2040cd14 archrelease: Fix SVN error when repository is empty
If trash is empty, `svn rm -q "${trash[@]}"` fails with:

    svn: Try 'svn help' for more info and then
    svn: Not enough arguments provided

This doesn't result in any further malfunction but is kind of confusing
and unexpected. Skipping `svn rm` on an empty trash fixes this.

Reported-by: Alexander Rødseth <rodseth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-12 16:53:08 +02:00
Allan McRae
a991c9a71f Always log builds in makechrootpkg
It is very helpful to always log the build output in makechrootpkg
so pass "-L" as a standard option to makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:04 +02:00
Dan McGee
022cd3d523 archrelease: call 'svn copy' once for all files
We don't need to invoke svn copy on each file; it accepts multiple
arguments. This cut Allan's time releasing one patch-friendly package
from 5 minutes to 2 minutes.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:04 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
a790c39c7d makechrootpkg: If chroot is missing, exit instead of usage
I'm not sure why this was handled differently than the other
error conditions.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:04 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
e66a1f3cd8 makechrootpkg: Add option to explicitly run namcap
Installs namcap if needed, *after* building the package,
contrary to the former way of having to have namcap installed,
e.g. via makedepends.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
7a9f808a0f makechrootpkg: Source PKGBUILD only once
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
b9070bf0b8 makechrootpkg: Use nullglob
Use nullglob instead of checking for existence. If the glob doesn't
match any files, it will be removed instead of staying unexpanded.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1df6799747 makechrootpkg: Always set PKGDEST and SRCDEST
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
e41deee5e5 makechrootpkg: Replace $workdir with . ($PWD)
$workdir is never used when we change directory, so it's superfluous.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
004ced2a33 makechrootpkg: Eliminate appname, only used once
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
733668f4cc makechrootpkg: Bashify syntax
No functional change. Eliminates unused variables RUN and FORCE.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:03 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
21daec135a Makefile: Add a cleanup target
Allows for using `make clean` to remove any output files generated by
make(1).

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:02 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
46c4def073 Support non-standard install locations
This build system overhaul allows for adding (define-style) macros to
our scripts. All source files are now suffixed with ".in" to clarify
that they might contain unprocessed defines. The Makefile provides a new
rule to preprocess source files and generate proper output scripts.

Also, add a "@pkgdatadir@" define (as used in GNU Autotools) and use it
instead of hardcoded paths to "/usr/share/devtools" everywhere. We
missed this when adding PREFIX support to the build system in commit
35fc83ce7d.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-10-07 21:53:02 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
142b032212 zsh_completion: Fix package completion
Make use of _devtools_completions_all_packages() instead of using
_devtools_completions_installed_packages(). The latter was removed
during an earlier review of the patch adding ZSH completion (now
6350ec04 in master) but we forgot to change two references.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-29 13:59:55 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
5f8458f197 commitpkg: Avoid unnecessary use of basename(1)
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-29 13:58:50 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
50c311c261 archbuild: Avoid unnecessary use of basename(1)
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-29 13:58:49 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
ef10f6c799 archbuild: Proper quoting, use double brackets
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-29 13:58:49 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
d70918d18a archbuild: Use array for base packages
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-29 13:58:49 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6da47a8f6a prepare release 2011-08-25 21:39:49 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
6350ec0461 Add ZSH completion
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 19:26:12 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
3da3a5486f checkpkg: Use a pipe to sort package lists
No need to do this after we already wrote the package list to a file.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:22:13 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
7020d2351b checkpkg: Use read builtin to get new ".so" files
The read shell builtin is the proper way to read single lines. Also,
simplify grep(1) and awk(1) invocations and use a single awk(1)
expression, that supports extracting file names with spaces, instead.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:21:24 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
7952d6fbfc checkpkg: Avoid unnecessary use of grep(1)/basename(1)
Use parameter expansion instead of invoking external binaries here.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:20:41 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
3c175e98bd checkpkg: Avoid unnecessary use of sed(1) and cut(1)
We already use `pacman -Sddp` here which should always only return a
single package URL for regular packages. No need to extract the first
field of the last line. Also, specify "--print-format '%l'" explicitly
to make this consistent even if pacman(8)'s default value changes some
day.

Use bash parameter expansion instead of sed(1) to extract the file name
from the URL.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:20:08 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
ddb08cb9a1 checkpkg: Proper quoting, use double brackets
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:18:36 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
88a929cfc0 archrelease: Fix behaviour with non-standard trunk name
Do not hardcode the name of the package trunk directory and accept
varying directory names, such as "gnome-unstable". Regression introduced
in 8384ad849d.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:17:19 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
c24209028a archrelease: Copy new files from trunk
Currently, files that have just been added to trunk are not copied to
the repositories when invoking archrelease, as `svn ls` does not list
them if we don't `svn update` explicitly before. Use `svn ls -r HEAD` to
include everything from current HEAD. Fixes FS#25680.

Reported-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:16:26 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
61010062ff commitpkg: Release to all repositories at once
Make use of archrelease's multi-tag capability invoke it once instead of
re-launching it for for each individual tag.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:14:33 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
6ef4d5f30b archrelease: Accept multiple tags
This allows for releasing to multiple repositories with a single commit:

----
$ archrelease community-{i686,x86_64}
copying trunk to community-i686...done
copying trunk to community-x86_64...done
releasing package...done
----

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:13:45 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
40ddf4d44f archrelease: Check for subdirectories early
Ensure we do not mess with version control if there are any
subdirectories in the package trunk.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:10:30 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
b445920d55 archrelease: Remove redundant directory check
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 11:09:01 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
7887d9bb47 archco: Fix usage message
Point out that we allow passing more than two packages here.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-25 10:59:00 +02:00
Dave Reisner
35573fe147 archrelease: declare known_files as an array
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-18 10:11:27 +02:00
Dave Reisner
5688152f41 archrelease: use bashier syntax
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-18 10:11:27 +02:00
Dave Reisner
e1312ec493 archrelease: call svn rm only once
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-18 10:11:27 +02:00
Dave Reisner
e652dc8085 commitpkg: use getopts to parse options
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-18 10:11:27 +02:00
Dave Reisner
ba4f28cc43 commitpkg: declare rsyncopts as an array
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-18 10:11:27 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
dc7b96e917 commitpkg: Fix leading whitespace in commit messages
Commit c51cc8d365 erroneously introduced a
tab character that is prepended to the body of each commit message. Fix
this by using C-style newline escape sequences which will avoid further
whitespace issues caused by re-indentation of code at this point.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-15 17:01:31 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
cb25d50913 prepare release 2011-08-14 23:31:35 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
c51cc8d365 Only commit if needed 2011-08-14 21:30:08 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
e64c1d33eb prepare release 2011-08-14 14:12:54 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
19f3a868f4 update makepkg.conf from pacman 3.5.4-4 2011-08-14 14:12:34 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
f1ee5208ed supress svn verbose output 2011-08-13 23:02:45 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
b97b245d52 prepare release 2011-08-13 22:58:08 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
ee970f0bde commitpkg: Provide a commit message template
Generate a message template when omitting the commit message (includes
the same subject line that is used if a commit message is specified).

Also, use two newlines to separate the subject line from the message
body as it looks much clearer that way.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:33:44 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
35fc83ce7d Makefile: Add PREFIX support
Default to "/usr/local" which should be used if you want to build
devtools from sources and install without using a package manager.

Use `make PREFIX=/usr install` to install to "/usr" instead.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:31:22 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
51b5d69cfc archrelease: Fix removal of repository content
Fix the `svn rm` invocation when releasing to a repository that already
contains some files. `svn ls` only returns basenames, so we need to
prepend the path here.

Regression introduced in 8384ad849d.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:20:21 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
30bcca88d3 commitpkg: Use positive patterns in SVN checks
In addition to what we had before, this will also detect:

* Non-existent files.
* Files that are missing or scheduled for deletion.
* Ignored files.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:18:35 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
25aae4ecfe commitpkg: Avoid unnecessary use of grep(1)
Use bash patterns instead of using grep(1) to check if a source file
contains the string "://".

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:18:11 +02:00
Lukas Fleischer
c8ba49c6a1 commitpkg: Proper quoting in version control checks
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:15:19 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
e63c5f26a2 Remove communityco on uninstall 2011-08-13 20:11:34 +02:00
Florian Pritz
c9c4e8043c merge archco and communityco
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>

 delete mode 100755 communityco
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:10:15 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
2582637376 checkpkg: Use symlinks in work directory instead of copying the packages
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-08-13 20:06:43 +02:00
Florian Pritz
74df2a90d8 makechrootpkg: support absolute paths for chroot copy
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 20:37:48 +02:00
Dan McGee
8384ad849d archrelease: remove extra SVN commit
This relies on the fact that trunk/ never has any subdirectories, so we
can simply copy all the files in it to the relevant repos/xxx/ directory
after removing all existing files in that directory.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 20:36:21 +02:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
1febb47b2c Edit /etc/locale.gen instead of overwrite.
I need this for archiso, instead of maintaining a private copy.

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 18:28:17 +02:00
Andrea Scarpino
c57284e053 Install a package in the chroot without confirm
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 18:03:35 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
d177c87080 lddd: Add /usr/local/lib to library directories
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 18:02:10 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
4b24337a51 lddd: Replace hardcoded list of library directories by those listed in /etc/ld.so.conf.d
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 18:01:18 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
9a29f624f1 checkpkg: Clean up soname check output
A missing quote in a grep command was giving out false matches.

By moving the objdump command in the same echo statement as the
filename, we ensure that every library name are displayed on a line of
their own in case they don't have a SONAME defined in their
headers. That is the case for some plugin libraries.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 17:53:08 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
3040951ca0 Replace backticks by $() and add missing quotes
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 17:53:02 +02:00
Dan McGee
5d39ffb341 archrelease: add repos/ directory if it doesn't exist
Very easy thing to forget when creating a new package, but easy enough
to check for and add automatically.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-07-25 17:50:22 +02:00
user
7e5ae10b43 Include epoch in updpkg default message
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-05-30 00:03:06 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ab5eb2e4de prepare release 2011-05-18 18:28:33 +02:00
Florian Pritz
a1a6a8eaca commitpkg: add -a option to upload only one arch
-a i686 uploads only i686 packages and ignore everything else

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-05-18 18:28:05 +02:00
Jakob Gruber
6d4367de35 Change pacman calls with -Sd flags to -Sdd
The old pacman -d flag is now -dd since commit 111e07d0be44b7.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-05-16 18:19:19 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
5df1f9bd6d Revert "Use en_US.UTF-8 locale instead of C to support unicode filenames"
This reverts commit 9b33a29ea5.

This was a bad idea as bsdtar cannot read pacakges create with this locale.
2011-05-03 20:34:39 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
9b33a29ea5 Use en_US.UTF-8 locale instead of C to support unicode filenames 2011-05-03 20:07:24 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
3985129c3d prepare release 2011-04-29 21:32:57 +02:00
Allan McRae
e197f6d34c checkpkg: remove checking for old style package names
All the packages in the Arch repo have been rebuilt to include the
architecture in their package names so this workaround is no longer
needed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-29 21:20:11 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
c45e5bbf22 checkpkg: Added epoch support
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-29 21:20:04 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
e380f396cf Added bash_completion file
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-29 21:18:21 +02:00
Allan McRae
d187cdbc38 Use GPGKEY to select signing key
Use the default key from the gpg keyring to sign packages unless
GPGKEY is specified (either in makepkg.conf or as an environmental
variable).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-17 22:18:56 +02:00
Allan McRae
fee49075f0 Copy check() log from chroot
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-17 22:16:45 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
39ae6e23d6 commitpkg: clean up svn after changing arch from any to i686/x86_64
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-17 11:56:09 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
61cc1f3504 prepare release 2011-04-11 18:27:44 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
7037948b65 Add simple function to sign packages
Set SIGNPKG to y in makepkg.conf to enable signing.
2011-04-11 18:26:11 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
0e6780f2c8 prepare release 2011-04-09 23:04:59 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
45c8269441 archrelease: be more verbose 2011-04-09 13:41:14 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
7e3013b2ae Fix rsync call; quotes wont work here 2011-04-08 12:24:25 +02:00
Dan McGee
c16e7c25c9 commitpkg: upload signatures if available
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-02 00:26:33 +02:00
Dan McGee
c955ecf35d commitpkg: upload all files at the same time
Batch them up using a bash array and then pass them all to a single
invocation of rsync.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-02 00:26:33 +02:00
Dan McGee
160e936bba commitpkg: add '-y' to rsyncopts
This allows uploads to possibly be smaller if a similar file exists
nearby without the same name. Unlikely in most cases, but we might as
well take advantage if they do exist:

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-02 00:26:33 +02:00
Dan McGee
69f9e64aa3 commitpkg: move all rsync opts to rsyncopts var
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-02 00:26:33 +02:00
Dan McGee
71efb148df commitpkg: make repo/server selection more modular
This gets rid of the ever-expanding conditional we had before and
replaces it with two case statements.

The first handles the command name. If it ends with 'pkg', we treat the
entire first part of the reponame, unless of course 'commitpkg' was
called directly. This allows one to add new symlinks such as
'gnome-unstablepkg'.

The second handles the server. Well-known repositories are listed and
passed to the appropriate server. All unusual repos are assumed to live
on gerolde and sent that direction.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-02 00:26:33 +02:00
Dan McGee
48ccc1c7fb Unify comment style
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-04-02 00:26:33 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
563ffa7be8 prepare release 2011-03-28 14:59:00 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
f01097f22c Don't prefix package name with './' if package is in $PKGDEST
Commit ad593b8b61 introduces
a problem when $PKGDEST is set and the package to transfer
has an absolute pathname. In this case there is no need
to add anything to have rsync work properly.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-28 14:57:22 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ad593b8b61 prepare release 2011-03-26 14:34:07 +01:00
Allan McRae
e23c94675e Be less generic with package extension
Arch only uses .gz and .xz packages so look for .pkg.tar.?z.  This
prevents matching potential detached signature files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-26 13:03:32 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
96a11523e5 Update default makepkg.conf and pacman.conf to match the ones from pacman 3.5 2011-03-26 12:42:21 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
bdde6e5a35 Merge branch 'master', remote-tracking branch 'heftig/master' 2011-03-26 09:58:28 +01:00
Ray Rashif
38f85d654a support optdepends
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-26 09:39:37 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
2ed8ef1185 makechrootpkg: Copy package logs with split packages (fixes FS#23239).
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-26 09:38:28 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
aa06caf31c Abort properly if source files are not under version control (FS#23122).
Remove superfluous subshell code from version control checks in
commitpkg, making it exit properly if source files are not under version
control. Also, improve correctness of sed(1) commands and use fgrep(1)
instead of grep(1) where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-26 09:37:03 +01:00
Dave Reisner
08a68bb4a0 commitpkg: prefix package filenames with ./
This is a hint to rsync that the file is a path and not a remote module
in the case of a package with an epoch in the version.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-23 20:46:00 +01:00
Florian Pritz
3bc5f6b5c9 add epoch support
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-03-23 19:03:10 +01:00
Jan Steffens
2fa8fdec47 Make default copydir user-dependent
Eases usage when chroots are shared between multiple users.
2011-03-22 19:47:48 +01:00
Jan Steffens
0af05a48ab Use Btrfs snapshots for chroot copies, when available
This is much faster than using Rsync to clone.

Rsync stays available when the chroots are not on a Btrfs.
2011-03-22 19:47:48 +01:00
Jan Steffens
174ff59dba Add flock-based locking to chroots
This prevents accidents when chroots are shared between multiple users.
2011-03-22 19:47:32 +01:00
Jan Steffens
5434d3991c Remove sudo from archbuild
Archbuild should be called via sudo.
2011-03-18 12:04:26 +01:00
Jan Steffens
36dc5d8792 Stop the PACKAGER= and MAKEFLAGS= from piling on
Repeatedly reusing the same chroot kept adding lines to makepkg.conf.
2011-03-18 12:04:26 +01:00
Jan Steffens
96f22cfede Use the multilib-devel group 2011-03-18 12:04:26 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
8b9733661d Use variables in Makefile instead of hardcoding stuff in every target.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-03-18 12:04:23 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
dbdb237519 Add ".PHONY" target to Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-03-18 12:03:38 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
2ff5c45d14 makechrootpkg: Copy package logs with split packages (fixes FS#23239).
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-03-18 11:28:45 +01:00
Lukas Fleischer
80168e7e1c Abort properly if source files are not under version control (FS#23122).
Remove superfluous subshell code from version control checks in
commitpkg, making it exit properly if source files are not under version
control. Also, improve correctness of sed(1) commands and use fgrep(1)
instead of grep(1) where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
2011-03-18 11:28:45 +01:00
Jan Steffens
f72297a639 Use readlink -e to canonicalize chrootdir 2011-03-14 02:31:26 +01:00
Jan Steffens
ba7cc139c4 Fix spelling 2011-03-14 02:31:26 +01:00
Jan Steffens
3491ea5d79 Syntax cleanup
No functional change.
2011-03-14 02:31:20 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
d1304a3f1d prepare release 2011-01-08 17:31:53 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
bcf8cd7eb1 mkarchroot: return 0 if there was no package to update in SyncFirst 2011-01-08 17:29:56 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
95afa2e495 checkpkg: use sdiff -s to show differences in the file lists
This makes it much better readable especially for very large file lists.
2011-01-08 17:06:27 +01:00
Allan McRae
1094111559 checkpkg: get back to working directory after soname check
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-01-08 17:04:27 +01:00
Allan McRae
62860de113 checkpkg: Do not download oldpkg if in starting directory
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2011-01-08 17:04:18 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
14ba11dcdf mkarchroot: pass inline shell script to chroot 2011-01-06 10:28:10 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
be5505a54a prepare release 2011-01-06 09:25:55 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
d09d34d77a mkarchroot: Ensure all packages have been updated
In reference to FS#22304 run pacman -Su again if there are still updates available.
This is the case for packages listed in SyncFirst.
2011-01-06 09:22:57 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
5815d639f3 Accept any dir except a repos subdir as trunk 2010-12-14 15:13:06 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
f804be7bbb prepare release 2010-12-12 23:34:13 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
397f4cb04b makechrootpkg: The user nobody is only needed to run pacman 2010-12-09 12:51:47 +01:00
Allan McRae
f98eaebd1b Do not clean build directory on successful build
It is often useful to go back through build logs after building a
package and it is removed at the start of the next run anyway.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-12-09 10:35:13 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
7a369b3c35 mkarchroot: add missing devices nodes
/dev/tty, /dev/tty0 and /dev/full
2010-12-04 15:03:15 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
a17eaf3be8 prepare release 2010-12-02 16:53:11 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
962d84c708 checkpkg: don't exclude libs ending with .so
See https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/21315
2010-12-02 16:50:23 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
e06a4a7243 archbuild: update the root install instead of the working copy
This avoids updating the chroot on every call. See https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/21930
2010-12-02 13:37:13 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
d6792db31c mkarchroot: create a minimal /dev instead of using the one of the host 2010-12-02 13:09:34 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
372fb4e7d1 bugfix release 2010-11-22 19:14:47 +01:00
Andrea Scarpino
25133fcd17 Fetch the right architecture when a repo contains dash
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-11-22 16:07:14 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
e3d2f1a020 prepare release 2010-11-18 00:28:25 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
8440133032 archbuild: simplify multilib call 2010-11-17 22:10:21 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
0adf83fadf Don't try to guess users architecture 2010-11-16 13:43:13 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
ecc3fcf86d Explicitly install libtool-multilib when building multilib packages
This bypasses a strange pacman behaviour with the --noconfirm parameter.
2010-11-16 13:31:54 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
394d9c8b54 Create pacman sync dir on chroot creation
See https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/21125
2010-11-16 13:27:33 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
7a3550c903 commitpkg: pkgfile might be an absolute path when using PKGDEST 2010-10-19 07:44:35 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
c290215aa6 prepare release 2010-10-17 14:33:40 +02:00
Andrea Scarpino
32b55d1587 install option (-I) does not require a directory containing a PKGBUILD
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-10-17 12:57:57 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6201853f52 install gcc-multilib for multilib-build by default 2010-10-17 12:57:48 +02:00
Florian Pritz
fbc3929ec0 commitpkg: error out if ~/staging/$repo doesn't exist
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xssn.at>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-09-16 06:15:40 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
8cb3bcc17b checkpkg: make diff output more readable 2010-09-11 20:17:41 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
db7a90ccd2 Use pacman to determine the host's mirror 2010-09-11 19:25:54 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
a9bfd8d2c9 ad support for multilib-testing 2010-09-11 19:09:05 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
0d0e1a9079 repare release 2010-09-06 20:53:26 +02:00
Ionut Biru
b9ea05789d checkpkg: fix extracting soname bumps
extracting the tarball was done from the wrong directory

Signed-off-by: Ionut Biru <ibiru@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-09-06 20:28:14 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
79ac757e7f add support for community-staging repository 2010-09-01 20:00:11 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
a4eabcceaa add makepkg.conf for [multilib] 2010-08-22 21:54:17 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
b591e69541 add initial [multilib] support 2010-08-22 21:52:23 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
2f18ca1836 Use findmnt to generate a mtab
Instead of just copying the hosts mtab use findmnt. This way only reachable mount points are shown.
2010-08-22 20:26:33 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
0ebc0b4b4b prepare release 2010-08-20 12:44:16 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
9b001033ae Add archbuild helper script to create and build in chroots
This will create chroots on demand if needed.
2010-08-20 12:41:39 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
ae5083fc11 source PKGBUILD before evaluating install and changelog files
This makes it possible to use e.g. install=$pkgname.install
2010-08-20 11:55:33 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
6f4e865ff9 makechrootpkg: read packager and makeflags from makepkg.conf
also set some sane default options
2010-08-18 21:43:27 +02:00
Ionut Biru
000d68f7c6 copy packages into TEMPDIR
TEMPDIR is used before packages are copied into it and made it fail
because cannot find any.

Signed-off-by: Ionut Biru <ibiru@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-08-18 17:30:49 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
fc6efdc38a reduce pacman's verbosity 2010-08-17 19:30:54 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
87f5eb6300 Use host mirror in chroot environment
* Set first enabled mirror found mirrorlist as mirror within the chroot.
* If the mirror is local bind its directory read-only into the chroot.
* Fallback is the kernel.org mirror.
2010-08-17 19:23:16 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
1a419e7974 add default config files for makepkg and pacman 2010-08-17 18:44:11 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
1418bfbf42 Use default locale instead of copying from host
Use en_US.UTF-8 and de_DE.UTF-8 by default (the latter is needed for some packages like gcc)
2010-08-17 18:38:47 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
f1c05d870b tagging 0.9.8 2010-08-17 08:33:23 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
2e6d542220 add [staging] repository 2010-08-17 08:12:03 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
cfddde22be Fix typo 2010-08-16 21:30:44 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
f7b67c25ff Provide /dev/{shm,pts} within chroot
implements FS#20246
2010-08-12 18:26:07 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
65d654a9d7 lddd: correct mktemp usage 2010-07-13 15:10:47 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
cfdfbd99f8 checkpkg: Improve output message 2010-07-11 13:46:40 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
a01ed3869c checkpkg: Use temporary working directory 2010-07-11 13:45:51 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
e656ec7052 Check if ~/.makepkg.conf exists
Fixes FS#20041
2010-07-01 16:51:43 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
dcc7b6728d prepare 0.9.7 release 2010-06-28 10:32:47 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
88764c0298 local can only be used within functions 2010-06-28 10:26:38 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
f2959b8dd5 check if changelog and install files are commited to svn 2010-06-28 09:54:50 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
0564514df4 remove useless sourcing of PKGBUILD 2010-06-28 09:50:08 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
edb24eb1a0 Simplify detection of changelog and install files
Thise code was copied from makepkg
2010-06-28 09:48:21 +02:00
Andrea Scarpino
a2132bc899 read {SRC, PKG}DEST from user makepkg.conf
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-06-28 09:35:20 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
964c0d1640 Fixed changelog support to work with makepkg 3.4
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-06-28 08:07:41 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
76f3e25949 keep partially transferred files 2010-06-25 21:40:45 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
85251a1d7b removed mode lines; was not a good idea after all 2010-06-24 10:01:20 +02:00
Eric Bélanger
27df94f51b commitpkg: add newline to make output look more orderly
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-06-22 17:09:49 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
12eec95ff8 set version in Makefile 2010-05-02 15:46:51 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
d4f00819ac copy namcap.log to working dir 2010-05-02 15:42:29 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
4a4455c086 Set target CARCH before sourcing the PKGBUILD
CARCH might be used within the PKGBUILD to select correct sources
2010-05-02 15:23:54 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
52e140f2fe exit 1 on build failure 2010-05-02 15:16:53 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
48dead1af7 Force correct remote file permissions 2010-03-31 23:58:59 +02:00
Pierre Schmitz
17e875f6b3 makechrootpkg: Keep source files even if build fails
implementes FS#18437
2010-03-03 21:49:22 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
a7c5010d24 Upload any pkg.tar.* file as long as it is canonical 2010-03-03 21:41:53 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
f72775feac PKGEXT was not defined in the context 2010-03-03 21:38:59 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
371f57b043 Don't check if package was released already
The checks aren't reliable enough and fail if the local repo is broken due to
network failures. So for now we just allways commit.
2010-02-22 19:11:17 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
2fe5dbf904 be more fail safe 2010-02-22 08:13:43 +01:00
Eric Bélanger
5036f1250e mkarchroot: Added default pacman cache in usage help
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-02-21 19:34:11 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
f00c8f66bd escape line breaks in find command 2010-02-17 23:55:05 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
df4310025b Use svnversion insead of svn info 2010-02-17 18:27:09 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
53a864a5aa Use local information to determine if a commit is needed 2010-02-17 18:05:16 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
849e6c6de5 Check if package was already released 2010-02-17 15:24:54 +01:00
Dan McGee
62e4272ca2 commitpkg: dereference symlinks on package upload
This is a regression introduced after switching to rsync in place of scp;
scp dereferenced symlinks automatically without need for a command-line
option.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-02-17 06:11:48 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
dd488b3c90 add dist target to Makefile 2010-02-13 20:57:34 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
de38f347a7 add common gitignore file 2010-02-13 20:41:46 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
362a99b995 apply common coding style 2010-02-13 19:47:16 +01:00
Allan McRae
7a8130fec8 Further fixes to cache_dir handling
1) Typo cachedir -> cache_dir
2) Use $cache_dir when calling pacman

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-02-13 15:55:23 +01:00
Allan McRae
a6e1f8cfd3 Read cachedir from pacman.conf in working dir
This allows setting a different cachedir for (e.g.) i686 and x86_64
chroots.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2010-02-13 09:57:49 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
70d7baee68 set umask to 0022
this fixes commit 7ce9cd6965
2010-02-13 07:22:54 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
59b7a739e8 inform the user of activities that might take a longer time 2010-02-13 04:03:10 +01:00
Pierre Schmitz
9e14e8691d Fall back to default if CacheDir is not set 2010-02-12 10:14:04 +01:00
237 changed files with 19824 additions and 912 deletions

15
.editorconfig Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# EditorConfig configuration for devtools
# https://editorconfig.org
# Top-most EditorConfig file
root = true
# Unix-style newlines without trailing whitespaces, but with a newline
# ending every file, utf-8 charset, set indent to tabs
[*]
end_of_line = lf
insert_final_newline = true
trim_trailing_whitespace = true
charset = utf-8
indent_style = tab
tab_width = 4

3
.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
*~
devtools-*.tar.gz*
/build/

44
.gitlab-ci.yml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
image: "archlinux:latest"
stages:
- build
- test
build:
stage: build
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils asciidoctor
- make PREFIX=/usr
- make PREFIX=/usr DESTDIR=build install
lint:
stage: test
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils asciidoctor shellcheck
- make check || true
- SHELLCHECK_OPTS="-S error" make check
test:
stage: test
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils coreutils asciidoctor shellcheck nvchecker bats
- make test BATS_EXTRA_ARGS='--formatter junit'
artifacts:
reports:
junit: build/coverage/bats-report.xml
coverage:
stage: test
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils coreutils asciidoctor shellcheck nvchecker bats kcov jq
- make coverage
coverage: '/Percent covered\s+\d+\.\d+/'
artifacts:
reports:
coverage_report:
coverage_format: cobertura
path: build/coverage/bats.*/cobertura.xml

674
LICENSE Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.

236
Makefile
View File

@@ -1,44 +1,198 @@
all:
SHELL=/bin/bash -o pipefail
install:
# commitpkg/checkpkg and friends
mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 checkpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 commitpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/extrapkg
ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/corepkg
ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/testingpkg
ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/communitypkg
ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/community-testingpkg
# arch{co,release,rm}
install -m 755 archco $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 communityco $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 archrelease $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 archrm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
# new chroot tools, only usable by root
mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)/usr/sbin
install -m 755 mkarchroot $(DESTDIR)/usr/sbin
install -m 755 makechrootpkg $(DESTDIR)/usr/sbin
#Additional packaging helper scripts
install -m 755 lddd $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 finddeps $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
install -m 755 rebuildpkgs $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin
V=1.4.0
BUILDTOOLVER ?= $(V)
PREFIX = /usr/local
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/share/man
DATADIR = $(PREFIX)/share/devtools
BUILDDIR = build
rwildcard=$(foreach d,$(wildcard $(1:=/*)),$(call rwildcard,$d,$2) $(filter $(subst *,%,$2),$d))
BINPROGS_SRC = $(wildcard src/*.in)
BINPROGS = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst src/%,bin/%,$(patsubst %.in,%,$(BINPROGS_SRC))))
LIBRARY_SRC = $(call rwildcard,src/lib,*.sh)
LIBRARY = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst src/%,%,$(patsubst %.in,%,$(LIBRARY_SRC))))
MAKEPKG_CONFIGS=$(wildcard config/makepkg/*)
PACMAN_CONFIGS=$(wildcard config/pacman/*)
GIT_CONFIGS = $(wildcard config/git/*)
SETARCH_ALIASES = $(wildcard config/setarch-aliases.d/*)
MANS = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst %.asciidoc,%,$(wildcard doc/man/*.asciidoc)))
DATA_FILES = $(wildcard data/*)
COMMITPKG_LINKS = \
core-testingpkg \
core-stagingpkg \
extrapkg \
extra-testingpkg \
extra-stagingpkg \
multilibpkg \
multilib-testingpkg \
multilib-stagingpkg \
kde-unstablepkg \
gnome-unstablepkg
ARCHBUILD_LINKS = \
core-testing-x86_64-build \
core-testing-x86_64_v3-build \
core-staging-x86_64-build \
core-staging-x86_64_v3-build \
extra-x86_64-build \
extra-x86_64_v3-build \
extra-testing-x86_64-build \
extra-testing-x86_64_v3-build \
extra-staging-x86_64-build \
extra-staging-x86_64_v3-build \
multilib-build \
multilib-testing-build \
multilib-staging-build \
kde-unstable-x86_64-build \
gnome-unstable-x86_64-build
COMPLETIONS = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst %.in,%,$(wildcard contrib/completion/*/*)))
CASES ?= test/case
JOBS ?= $(shell nproc)
BATS_EXTRA_ARGS ?=
BATS_ARGS ?= --jobs $(JOBS) $(BATS_EXTRA_ARGS) --verbose-run
COVERAGE_DIR ?= $(BUILDDIR)/coverage
all: binprogs library conf completion man data
binprogs: $(BINPROGS)
library: $(LIBRARY)
completion: $(COMPLETIONS)
man: $(MANS)
ifneq ($(wildcard *.in),)
$(error Legacy in prog file found: $(wildcard *.in) - please migrate to src/*)
endif
ifneq ($(wildcard pacman-*.conf),)
$(error Legacy pacman config file found: $(wildcard pacman-*.conf) - please migrate to config/pacman/*)
endif
ifneq ($(wildcard makepkg-*.conf),)
$(error Legacy makepkg config files found: $(wildcard makepkg-*.conf) - please migrate to config/makepkg/*)
endif
ifneq ($(wildcard setarch-aliases.d/*),)
$(error Legacy setarch aliase found: $(wildcard setarch-aliases.d/*) - please migrate to config/setarch-aliases.d/*)
endif
edit = sed \
-e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|$(DATADIR)|g" \
-e "s|@buildtoolver[@]|$(BUILDTOOLVER)|g"
GEN_MSG = @echo "GEN $(patsubst $(BUILDDIR)/%,%,$@)"
define buildInScript
$(1)/%: $(2)%$(3)
$$(GEN_MSG)
@mkdir -p $$(dir $$@)
@$(RM) "$$@"
@cat $$< | $(edit) >$$@
@chmod $(4) "$$@"
@bash -O extglob -n "$$@"
endef
$(eval $(call buildInScript,build/bin,src/,.in,755))
$(eval $(call buildInScript,build/lib,src/lib/,,644))
$(foreach completion,$(wildcard contrib/completion/*),$(eval $(call buildInScript,build/$(completion),$(completion)/,.in,444)))
$(BUILDDIR)/doc/man/%: doc/man/%.asciidoc doc/man/include/footer.asciidoc
$(GEN_MSG)
@mkdir -p $(BUILDDIR)/doc/man
@asciidoctor --backend=manpage --destination-dir=$(BUILDDIR)/doc/man --attribute pkgdatadir=$(DATADIR) $<
conf:
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/makepkg.conf.d
@cp -ra $(MAKEPKG_CONFIGS) $(BUILDDIR)/makepkg.conf.d
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/pacman.conf.d
@cp -a $(PACMAN_CONFIGS) $(BUILDDIR)/pacman.conf.d
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/git.conf.d
@cp -a $(GIT_CONFIGS) $(BUILDDIR)/git.conf.d
data:
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/data
@cp -ra $(DATA_FILES) $(BUILDDIR)/data
clean:
rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)
install: all
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/makepkg.conf.d
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d
install -m0755 ${BINPROGS} $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/data
cp -ra $(BUILDDIR)/lib/* $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib
cp -a $(BUILDDIR)/git.conf.d -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
cp -ra $(BUILDDIR)/makepkg.conf.d -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
cp -ra $(BUILDDIR)/data -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
for conf in $(notdir $(PACMAN_CONFIGS)); do install -Dm0644 $(BUILDDIR)/pacman.conf.d/$$conf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d/$${conf##*/}; done
for a in ${SETARCH_ALIASES}; do install -m0644 $$a -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d; done
for l in ${COMMITPKG_LINKS}; do ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
for l in ${ARCHBUILD_LINKS}; do ln -sf archbuild $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
ln -sf find-libdeps $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/find-libprovides
install -Dm0644 $(BUILDDIR)/contrib/completion/bash/devtools $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/devtools
for f in $(notdir $(BINPROGS)); do ln -sf devtools $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/$$f; done
install -Dm0644 $(BUILDDIR)/contrib/completion/zsh/_devtools $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/zsh/site-functions/_devtools
for manfile in $(MANS); do \
install -Dm644 $$manfile -t $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man$${manfile##*.}; \
done;
uninstall:
# remove all files we installed
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/checkpkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/commitpkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/extrapkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/corepkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/testingpkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/communitypkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/community-testingpkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/sbin/mkarchroot
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/sbin/makechrootpkg
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/lddd
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/finddeps
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/archco
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/archrelease
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/archrm
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/communityco
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin/rebuildpkgs
for f in $(notdir $(BINPROGS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$f; done
for f in $(notdir $(LIBRARY)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib/$$f; done
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/git.conf.d
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/makepkg.conf.d
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/data
for conf in $(notdir $(PACMAN_CONFIGS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d/$${conf##*/}; done
for f in $(notdir $(SETARCH_ALIASES)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d/$$f; done
for l in ${COMMITPKG_LINKS}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
for l in ${ARCHBUILD_LINKS}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/devtools
for f in $(notdir $(BINPROGS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/$$f; done
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/zsh/site-functions/_devtools
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/find-libprovides
for manfile in $(notdir $(MANS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man$${manfile##*.}/$${manfile}; done;
rmdir --ignore-fail-on-non-empty \
$(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d \
$(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d \
$(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
tag:
git cliff --strip=all --unreleased
@echo "current version: v$(V)"
@read -r -p "tag version: v" VERSION && \
sed -E "s|^V=.+|V=$$VERSION|" -i Makefile && \
git commit --gpg-sign --message "chore(release): version v$$VERSION" Makefile && \
git tag --sign --message "Version v$$VERSION" v$$VERSION
release: dist
git push --tags origin master
git cliff --version >/dev/null
GITLAB_HOST=gitlab.archlinux.org glab release create v$(V) devtools-$(V).tar.gz* --milestone v$(V) --notes-file <(git cliff --strip=all --latest)
dist:
git archive --format=tar --prefix=devtools-$(V)/ v$(V) | gzip > devtools-$(V).tar.gz
gpg --detach-sign --use-agent devtools-$(V).tar.gz
test: binprogs library conf completion man
@mkdir -p $(COVERAGE_DIR)
bats $(BATS_ARGS) $(CASES) | tee $(COVERAGE_DIR)/bats-report.xml
coverage: binprogs library conf completion man
kcov --include-path=src $(COVERAGE_DIR) bats $(BATS_ARGS) $(CASES)
jq -r '. | ["Percent covered", .percent_covered], ["Covered lines", .covered_lines], ["Total lines", .total_lines], ["Percent low", .percent_low], ["Percent high", .percent_high] | @tsv' \
$(COVERAGE_DIR)/bats.*/coverage.json
check: $(BINPROGS_SRC) $(LIBRARY_SRC) contrib/completion/bash/devtools.in config/makepkg/x86_64.conf contrib/makepkg/PKGBUILD.proto
shellcheck $^
.PHONY: all binprogs library completion conf man data clean install uninstall tag dist upload test coverage check
.DELETE_ON_ERROR:

108
README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
# Devtools - development tools for Arch Linux
This repository contains tools for the Arch Linux distribution for building
and maintaining official repository packages.
## Building
When building official distro packages the `BUILDTOOLVER` needs to be set to the
exact label of the release package in order to allow to detect the exactly used
devtools version. This is required for reproducible builds to fetch the according
files like `makepkg.conf`.
```sh
BUILDTOOLVER="${pkgver}-${pkgrel}-${arch}" make all
```
## Development
For local development testing, there is a convenience wrapper for `pkgctl` that
will automatically build the project and proxy all calls to the local build directory:
```sh
./test/bin/pkgctl --help
```
### Commit messages
All commits must follow [conventional commits](https://www.conventionalcommits.org).
The following groups are allowed:
- chore
- feat
- fix
- doc
- perf
- test
To override the scope for the changelog entry use the `Component:` trailer.
Example:
```
feat(db): yay mega cool feature
Very long and useful description.
Fixes #1
Fixes #2
Component: pkgctl db remove
```
## Releasing
1. bump the version in the Makefile
2. Commit everything as ```Version $(date +"%Y%m%d")```
3. Create a new tag ```git tag -s $(date +"%Y%m%d")```
4. Push changes
5. Upload the source tarball with ```make dist upload```
6. Update the package
## Dependencies
### Runtime Dependencies
- arch-install-scripts
- awk
- bash
- binutils
- coreutils
- curl
- diffutils
- expac
- fakeroot
- findutils
- glow
- grep
- gum
- jq
- ncurses
- openssh
- parallel
- rsync
- sed
- systemd
- util-linux
- bzr
- git
- mercurial
- subversion
### Optional Dependencies
- bat (pretty printing)
- nvchecker (version checking)
- reuse (license compliance)
### Development Dependencies
- asciidoctor
- make
- shellcheck
- bats
## License
Devtools is licensed under the terms of the **GPL-3.0-or-later** (see [LICENSE](LICENSE)).

10
archco
View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
if [ "$1" = "" ]; then
echo "Usage: archco <package name> [<package name>]"
exit 1
fi
for i in "$@"; do
svn co svn+ssh://gerolde.archlinux.org/srv/svn-packages/$i
done

View File

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
if [ "$1" = "" ]; then
echo "Usage: archrelease <repo>"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -f PKGBUILD ]; then
echo "archrelease: PKGBUILD not found"
exit 1
fi
if [ "$(basename $(readlink -f .))" != "trunk" ]; then
echo "archrelease: Not in a package trunk dir"
exit 1
fi
if [ "$(svn diff)" != "" ]; then
echo "archrelease: You have not committed your changes yet!"
echo " Please run 'upgpkg' or 'svn commit' first"
exit 1
fi
pushd .. >/dev/null
if [ -d repos/$1 ]; then
svn rm --force -q repos/$1
svn commit -q -m "archrelease: remove $1"
fi
svn copy -q -r HEAD trunk repos/$1
svn commit -q -m "archrelease: copy trunk to $1"
popd >/dev/null

13
archrm
View File

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
if [ "$1" = "" ]; then
echo "Usage: archrm <path to checkout>"
exit 1
fi
# FIXME: Check if there are uncommited changes
#pushd $1
#
#popd
rm -rf $1

View File

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# Source makepkg.conf; fail if it is not found
if [ -r "/etc/makepkg.conf" ]; then
source "/etc/makepkg.conf"
else
echo "/etc/makepkg.conf not found!"
exit 1
fi
# Source user-specific makepkg.conf overrides
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
strip_url() {
echo $1 | sed 's|^.*://.*/||g'
}
if [ ! -f PKGBUILD ]; then
echo "This must be run in the directory of a built package."
exit 1
fi
source PKGBUILD
if [ "$arch" == "any" ]; then
CARCH="any"
fi
for _pkgname in ${pkgname[@]}; do
pkgfile=${_pkgname}-${pkgver}-${pkgrel}-${CARCH}${PKGEXT}
oldstylepkgfile=${_pkgname}-${pkgver}-${pkgrel}${PKGEXT}
if [ -f "$(pwd)/$pkgfile" ]; then
pkgfile=$(pwd)/$pkgfile
elif [ -f "$PKGDEST/$pkgfile" ]; then
pkgfile=$PKGDEST/$pkgfile
elif [ -f "$(pwd)/$oldstylepkgfile" ]; then
pkgfile=$(pwd)/$oldstylepkgfile
elif [ -f "$PKGDEST/$oldstylepkgfile" ]; then
pkgfile=$PKGDEST/$oldstylepkgfile
else
echo "File \"$pkgfile\" doesn't exist"
exit 1
fi
tmp=`pacman -Spd --noconfirm $_pkgname`
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
echo "Couldn't download previous package for $_pkgname."
exit 1
fi
pkgurl=`echo $tmp | rev | cut -d ' ' -f 1 | rev`
oldpkg=`strip_url $pkgurl`
if [ "$(basename $oldpkg)" = "$(basename $pkgfile)" ]; then
echo "The built package ($_pkgname) is the one in the repo right now!"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -f $oldpkg ]; then
if echo $pkgurl | grep "^file:///" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
cp `echo $pkgurl | sed 's#^file://##'` .
elif [ -f $PKGDEST/$oldpkg ]; then
cp $PKGDEST/$oldpkg .
else
wget --quiet $pkgurl
fi
fi
bsdtar tf $oldpkg > filelist-$_pkgname-old
bsdtar tf "$pkgfile" > filelist-$_pkgname
sort -o filelist-$_pkgname filelist-$_pkgname
sort -o filelist-$_pkgname-old filelist-$_pkgname-old
diff filelist-$_pkgname-old filelist-$_pkgname
if diff filelist-$_pkgname-old filelist-$_pkgname | grep '\.so\.' > /dev/null 2>&1; then
mkdir -p pkg
cd pkg
bsdtar xf "$pkgfile" > /dev/null
for i in `diff ../filelist-$_pkgname-old ../filelist-$_pkgname | grep \> | grep \.so\. | awk '{print $2}'`; do
echo -n "${i}: "
objdump -p $i | grep SONAME
done
else
echo "No filename differences for $_pkgname."
fi
done
# vim:ft=sh:ts=4:sw=4:et:

45
cliff.toml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
[changelog]
header = "# Changelog\n\n"
body = """
{%- if version -%}
## [{{ version | trim_start_matches(pat="v") }}] - {{ timestamp | date(format="%Y-%m-%d") }}
{%- else -%}
## [unreleased]
{%- endif %}
{% for group, commits in commits | group_by(attribute="group") %}
### {{ group | upper_first }}
{% for commit in commits | sort(attribute="message") %}
- {% set component = commit.footers | filter(attribute="token", value="Component") | map(attribute="value") | join(sep=", ") %}
{%- if component %}{{ component }}: {% elif commit.scope %}{{ commit.scope }}: {% endif %}
{{- commit.message | upper_first }}
{%- if commit.breaking %} (breaking){% endif %}
{%- set fixes = commit.footers | filter(attribute="token", value="Fixes") %}
{%- for fix in fixes %}{% if fix.separator|trim == '#' %}{{ fix.separator }}{{ fix.value }}{% endif %}{% endfor %}
{%- endfor %}
{% endfor %}
"""
footer = ""
# remove the leading and trailing whitespaces from the template
trim = true
[git]
# allow only conventional commits
# https://www.conventionalcommits.org
conventional_commits = true
# regex for parsing and grouping commits
commit_parsers = [
{ message = "^chore\\(release\\): version", skip = true},
{ message = "^feat", group = "Features"},
{ message = "^fix", group = "Bug Fixes"},
{ message = "^doc", group = "Documentation"},
{ message = "^perf", group = "Performance"},
{ message = "^test", group = "Testing"},
{ message = "^chore", group = "Miscellaneous Tasks"},
{ body = ".*security", group = "Security"},
]
# filter out the commits that are not matched by commit parsers
filter_commits = false
# regex for matching git tags
tag_pattern = "^v[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+.*"

View File

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
abort() {
echo ${1:-"Cancelled"}
exit 1
}
# Source makepkg.conf; fail if it is not found
if [ -r "/etc/makepkg.conf" ]; then
source "/etc/makepkg.conf"
else
abort "/etc/makepkg.conf not found!"
fi
# Source user-specific makepkg.conf overrides
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
cmd=$(basename "$0")
if [ ! -f PKGBUILD ]; then
abort "No PKGBUILD file"
fi
source PKGBUILD
pkgbase=${pkgbase:-$pkgname}
# set up repo-specific opts depending on how we were called
server="gerolde.archlinux.org"
if [ "$cmd" == "extrapkg" ]; then
repo="extra"
elif [ "$cmd" == "corepkg" ]; then
repo="core"
elif [ "$cmd" == "testingpkg" ]; then
repo="testing"
elif [ "$cmd" == "communitypkg" ]; then
repo="community"
server="aur.archlinux.org"
elif [ "$cmd" == "community-testingpkg" ]; then
repo="community-testing"
server="aur.archlinux.org"
else
if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
abort "usage: commitpkg <reponame> [-l limit] [commit message]"
fi
repo="$1"
shift
fi
# check if all local source files are under version control
(for s in ${source[@]} $install; do
echo $s | grep -vq '://' && \
svn status $s | grep -q '?' && \
abort "$s is not under version control"
done) || true
# see if any limit options were passed, we'll send them to rsync
unset rsyncopts
if [ "$1" = "-l" ]; then
rsyncopts="--bwlimit=$2"
shift 2
fi
if [ -n "$1" ]; then
svn commit -q -m "upgpkg: $pkgbase $pkgver-$pkgrel
$1" || abort
else
svn commit -q || abort
fi
for _arch in ${arch[@]}; do
for _pkgname in ${pkgname[@]}; do
pkgfile=$_pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-${_arch}$PKGEXT
if [ ! -f $pkgfile -a -f "$PKGDEST/$pkgfile" ]; then
pkgfile="$PKGDEST/$pkgfile"
elif [ ! -f $pkgfile ]; then
echo "Skipping ${_arch}"
continue 2
fi
rsync -c -h --progress $rsyncopts "${pkgfile}" -e ssh $server:staging/$repo || abort
done
archrelease $repo-${_arch} || abort
done
if [ "${arch[*]}" == "any" ]; then
if [ -d ../repos/$repo-i686 -a -d ../repos/$repo-x86_64 ]; then
pushd ../repos/ >/dev/null
svn rm $repo-i686
svn rm $repo-x86_64
svn commit -m "removed $repo-i686 and $repo-x86_64 for $pkgname"
popd >/dev/null
fi
fi
# vim:ft=sh:ts=4:sw=4:et:

View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
if [ "$1" = "" ]; then
echo "Usage: communityco <package name> [<package name>]"
exit 1
fi
for i in "$@"; do
svn co svn+ssh://aur.archlinux.org/srv/svn-packages/$i
done

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/pkg
/src
/*/
!/keys/
!/LICENSES/
/*.log
/*.tar.*
/*.tar
/*.tgz
/*.zst
/*.gz
/*.xz
/*.bz2
/*.zip
/*.xpi
/*.jar
/*.whl
/*.war
/*.deb
/*.ttf
/*.dat
/*.iso
/*.asc
/*.sig
/*.signature
/*.sign
/*.SHA256SUMS
/*.sha256

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf.d/fortran.conf
#
#########################################################################
# FORTRAN LANGUAGE SUPPORT
#########################################################################
# Flags used for the Fortran compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
# linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the available flags.
FFLAGS="-march=x86-64 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt \
-Wp,-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 -fstack-clash-protection -fcf-protection \
-fno-omit-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer"
FCFLAGS="$FFLAGS"
# Additional compiler flags appended to `FFLAGS` and `FCFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
# this would include: ``-g''. Read linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the wide
# variety of compiler flags available.
DEBUG_FFLAGS="-g"

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf
#
#########################################################################
# RUST LANGUAGE SUPPORT
#########################################################################
# Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
# linkman:rustc[1] for more details on the available flags.
RUSTFLAGS="-C force-frame-pointers=yes"
# Additional compiler flags appended to `RUSTFLAGS` for use in debugging.
# Usually this would include: ``-C debuginfo=2''. Read linkman:rustc[1] for
# more details on the available flags.
DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS="-C debuginfo=2"

165
config/makepkg/x86_64.conf Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf
#
#########################################################################
# SOURCE ACQUISITION
#########################################################################
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
# Other common tools:
# /usr/bin/snarf
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
# /usr/bin/wget
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
# Format: 'protocol::package'
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
'fossil::fossil'
'git::git'
'hg::mercurial'
'svn::subversion')
#########################################################################
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
#########################################################################
#
CARCH="x86_64"
CHOST="x86_64-pc-linux-gnu"
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
#CPPFLAGS=""
CFLAGS="-march=x86-64 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt -fexceptions \
-Wp,-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 -Wformat -Werror=format-security \
-fstack-clash-protection -fcf-protection \
-fno-omit-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer"
CXXFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wp,-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS"
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-O1 -Wl,--sort-common -Wl,--as-needed -Wl,-z,relro -Wl,-z,now \
-Wl,-z,pack-relative-relocs"
LTOFLAGS="-flto=auto"
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
#-- Debugging flags
DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="$DEBUG_CFLAGS"
#########################################################################
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
#-- color: Colorize output messages
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
#
BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
#
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
#DISTCC_HOSTS=""
#
#-- Specify a directory for package building.
#BUILDDIR=/tmp/makepkg
#########################################################################
# GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Makepkg defaults: OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
#-- lto: Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
#-- autodeps: Automatically add depends/provides
#
OPTIONS=(strip docs !libtool !staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge debug lto)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(sha256)
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
#-- Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
#-- Manual (man and info) directories to compress (if zipman is specified)
MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
#-- Doc directories to remove (if !docs is specified)
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
#########################################################################
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
#########################################################################
#
# Default: put built package and cached source in build directory
#
#-- Destination: specify a fixed directory where all packages will be placed
#PKGDEST=/home/packages
#-- Source cache: specify a fixed directory where source files will be cached
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
#GPGKEY=""
#########################################################################
# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -T0 --ultra -20 -)
COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
#########################################################################
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
PKGEXT='.pkg.tar.zst'
SRCEXT='.src.tar.gz'
#########################################################################
# OTHER
#########################################################################
#
#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
#PACMAN_AUTH=()
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/fortran.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/rust.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf
#
#########################################################################
# SOURCE ACQUISITION
#########################################################################
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
# Other common tools:
# /usr/bin/snarf
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
# /usr/bin/wget
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
# Format: 'protocol::package'
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
'fossil::fossil'
'git::git'
'hg::mercurial'
'svn::subversion')
#########################################################################
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
#########################################################################
#
CARCH="x86_64_v3"
CHOST="x86_64-pc-linux-gnu"
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
#CPPFLAGS=""
CFLAGS="-march=x86-64-v3 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt -fexceptions \
-Wp,-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 -Wformat -Werror=format-security \
-fstack-clash-protection -fcf-protection \
-fno-omit-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer"
CXXFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wp,-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS"
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-O1 -Wl,--sort-common -Wl,--as-needed -Wl,-z,relro -Wl,-z,now \
-Wl,-z,pack-relative-relocs"
LTOFLAGS="-flto=auto"
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
#-- Debugging flags
DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="$DEBUG_CFLAGS"
#########################################################################
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
#-- color: Colorize output messages
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
#
BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
#
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
#DISTCC_HOSTS=""
#
#-- Specify a directory for package building.
#BUILDDIR=/tmp/makepkg
#########################################################################
# GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Makepkg defaults: OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
#-- lto: Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
#-- autodeps: Automatically add depends/provides
#
OPTIONS=(strip docs !libtool !staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge debug lto)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(sha256)
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
#-- Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
#-- Manual (man and info) directories to compress (if zipman is specified)
MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
#-- Doc directories to remove (if !docs is specified)
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
#########################################################################
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
#########################################################################
#
# Default: put built package and cached source in build directory
#
#-- Destination: specify a fixed directory where all packages will be placed
#PKGDEST=/home/packages
#-- Source cache: specify a fixed directory where source files will be cached
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
#GPGKEY=""
#########################################################################
# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -T0 --ultra -20 -)
COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
#########################################################################
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
PKGEXT='.pkg.tar.zst'
SRCEXT='.src.tar.gz'
#########################################################################
# OTHER
#########################################################################
#
#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
#PACMAN_AUTH=()
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/fortran.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/rust.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
#[core-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
#[extra-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

91
config/pacman/extra.conf Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
#[core-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
#[extra-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[kde-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
[multilib-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
[multilib-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

100
config/pacman/multilib.conf Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
#[core-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
#[extra-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
#[multilib-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

114
config/pacman/universe.conf Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[kde-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
[multilib-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[kde-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
x86_64

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#!/hint/bash
#
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR=${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR:-@pkgdatadir@}
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-build-install.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-build-install.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-tags.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-tags.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-repos.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-repos.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-inspect.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-inspect.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-search.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-search.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-version.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-version.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-issue.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-issue.sh
_colors=(never always auto)
_makechrootpkg_args=(
-h
-c
-d
-D
-u
-r
-I
-l
-n
-t
-T
-U
-x
)
_makechrootpkg_args_d_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_D_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_r_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_I_opts() { _filedir '*.pkg.tar.*'; }
_makechrootpkg_args_l_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_t_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_U_opts() { :; }
_makechrootpkg_args_x_opts() { _devtools_completions_inspect; }
_makechrootpkg() { __devtools_complete _makechrootpkg; }
complete -F _makechrootpkg makechrootpkg
_makerepropkg_args=(
-h
-d
-n
-c
-M
)
_makerepropkg_args_c_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makerepropkg_args_M_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_makerepropkg_opts() { _filedir '*.pkg.tar.*'; }
_makerepropkg() { __devtools_complete _makerepropkg; }
complete -F _makerepropkg makerepropkg
_mkarchroot_args=(
-U
-C
-M
-c
-f
-h
)
_mkarchroot_args_U_opts() { _filedir '*.pkg.tar.*'; }
_mkarchroot_args_C_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_mkarchroot_args_M_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_mkarchroot_args_c_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_mkarchroot_args_f_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_mkarchroot_opts() {
local args
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand)
if (( args == 0 )); then
_filedir -d
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_mkarchroot() { __devtools_complete _mkarchroot; }
complete -F _mkarchroot mkarchroot
_arch_nspawn_args=(
-C
-M
-c
-f
-s
-h
)
_arch_nspawn_args_C_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_arch_nspawn_args_M_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_arch_nspawn_args_c_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_arch_nspawn_args_f_opts() { _filedir; }
_arch_nspawn_opts() {
local args
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand)
if (( args == 0 )); then
_filedir -d
fi
}
_arch_nspawn() { __devtools_complete _arch_nspawn; }
complete -F _arch_nspawn arch-nspawn
_sogrep_args=(
-v --verbose
-r --refresh
-h --help
)
_sogrep_opts() {
local args
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand)
if (( args == 0 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo all
fi
}
_sogrep() { __devtools_complete _sogrep; }
complete -F _sogrep sogrep
_offload_build_args=(
-r --repo
-a --arch
-s --server
-h --help
)
_offload_build_args__repo_opts() { _devtools_completions_build_repo; }
_offload_build_args_r_opts() { _offload_build_args__repo_opts; }
_offload_build_args__arch_opts() { _devtools_completions_binary_arch; }
_offload_build_args_a_opts() { _offload_build_args__arch_opts; }
_offload_build_args__server_opts() { :; }
_offload_build_args_s_opts() { _offload_build_args__server_opts; }
_offload_build() { __devtools_complete _offload_build; }
complete -F _offload_build offload-build
_pkgctl_cmds=(
aur
auth
build
db
diff
issue
license
release
repo
search
version
)
_pkgctl_args=(
-V --version
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_auth_cmds=(
login
status
)
_pkgctl_auth_login_args=(
-g --gen-access-token
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_auth_status_args=(
-t --show-token
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_build_args=(
--arch
--repo
-s --staging
-t --testing
-o --offload
-c --clean
-w --worker
--inspect
-I --install-to-chroot
-i --install-to-host
--pkgver
--pkgrel
--rebuild
--update-checksums
-e --edit
-r --release
-m --message
-u --db-update
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_build_args__arch_opts() { _devtools_completions_binary_arch; }
_pkgctl_build_args__repo_opts() { _devtools_completions_repo; }
_pkgctl_build_args__worker_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args_w_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__worker_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args__inspect_opts() { _devtools_completions_inspect; }
_pkgctl_build_args__pkgver_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args__pkgrel_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args__install_to_host_opts() { _pkgctl_build_completions_install_mode; }
_pkgctl_build_args_i_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__install_to_host_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args__install_to_chroot_opts() { _makechrootpkg_args_I_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args_I_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__install_to_chroot_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_build_completions_install_mode() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILD_INSTALL[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_pkgctl_db_cmds=(
move
remove
update
)
_pkgctl_db_move_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_db_move_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(db move)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo
elif (( args == 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo
elif (( args >= 2 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_pkgctl_db_remove_args=(
--partial
--noconfirm
-a --arch
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_db_remove_args__arch_opts() { _devtools_completions_binary_arch; }
_pkgctl_db_remove_args_a_opts() { _pkgctl_db_remove_args__arch_opts; }
_pkgctl_db_remove_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(db remove)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_pkgctl_db_update_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_release_args=(
-m --message
-r --repo
-s --staging
-t --testing
-u --db-update
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_release_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_release_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_release_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_release_args__repo_opts() { _devtools_completions_repo; }
_pkgctl_release_args_r_opts() { _pkgctl_release_args__repo_opts; }
_pkgctl_release_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_aur_cmds=(
drop-from-repo
)
_pkgctl_aur_drop_from_repo_args=(
--no-disown
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_aur_drop_from_repo_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_cmds=(
clean
clone
configure
create
switch
web
)
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args=(
-m --maintainer
--protocol
--switch
-u --unprivileged
--universe
-j --jobs
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__maintainer_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_repo_clone_args__maintainer_opts; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__protocol_opts() { _devtools_completions_protocol; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__switch_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__jobs_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args_j_opts() { _pkgctl_repo_clone_args__jobs_opts; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_repo_clean_args=(
-i --interactive
-n --dry-run
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_clean_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args=(
--protocol
-j --jobs
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args__protocol_opts() { _devtools_completions_protocol; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args__jobs_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args_j_opts() { _pkgctl_repo_clone_args__jobs_opts; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_create_args=(
-c --clone
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_switch_args=(
--discard-changes
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_switch_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(repo switch)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
:
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_filedir -d;
fi
}
_pkgctl_license_cmds=(
check
setup
)
_pkgctl_license_check_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_license_check_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_license_setup_args=(
--no-check
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_license_setup_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_version_cmds=(
check
setup
upgrade
)
_pkgctl_version_check_args=(
-v --verbose
-h --help
--json
-F --format
)
_pkgctl_version_check_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_version_check_args__format_opts() { _devtools_completions_version_output_format; }
_pkgctl_version_check_args_F_opts() { _devtools_completions_version_output_format; }
_pkgctl_version_setup_args=(
--prefer-platform-api
--url
--no-check
--no-upstream
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_version_setup_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_version_setup_args__url_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_version_upgrade_args=(
--no-update-checksums
-v --verbose
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_version_upgrade_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_web_args=(
--print
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_web_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_search_args=(
--no-default-filter
--json
-F --format
-N --no-line-number
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_search_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_search_args__format_opts() { _devtools_completions_search_format; }
_pkgctl_search_args_F_opts() { _devtools_completions_search_format; }
_pkgctl_diff_args=(
-l --list
-d --diffoscope
-p --pkginfo
-b --buildinfo
-m --makepkg-config
-u -U --unified
-y --side-by-side
--color
-W --width
-P --pool
-v --verbose
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_diff_args__makepkg_config_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_pkgctl_diff_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_diff_args__makepkg_config_opts; }
_pkgctl_diff_args__width_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_diff_args_W_opts() { _pkgctl_diff_args__width_opts; }
_pkgctl_diff_args__color_opts() { _devtools_completions_color; }
_pkgctl_diff_args__pool_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_diff_args_P_opts() { _pkgctl_diff_args__pool_opts; }
_pkgctl_diff_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_cmds=(
close
comment
create
edit
list
move
reopen
view
)
_pkgctl_issue_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_close_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-r --resolution
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_close_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_close_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_close_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args__resolution_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_resolution; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args_r_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_close_args__resolution_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_comment_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_comment_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_comment_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args=(
-p --package
-t --title
-F --file
-e --edit
-w --web
--recover
--confidentiality
--priority
--scope
--severity
--status
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_create_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_create_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__title_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args_t_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_create_args__title_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__confidentiality_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__priority_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_priority; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__scope_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_scope; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__severity_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_severity; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__status_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_status; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args=(
-p --package
-t --title
-e --edit
--recover
--confidentiality
--priority
--resolution
--scope
--severity
--status
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_edit_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_edit_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__title_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args_t_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_edit_args__title_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__confidentiality_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__priority_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_priority; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__resolution_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_resolution; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__scope_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_scope; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__severity_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_severity; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__status_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_status; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args=(
-g --group
-w --web
-A --all
-c --closed
-U --unconfirmed
--search
--in
-l --label
--confidentiality
--priority
--resolution
--scope
--severity
--status
--assignee
--assigned-to-me
--author
--created-by-me
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_list_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__search_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__in_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_search_location; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__label_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args_l_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_list_args__label_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__confidentiality_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__priority_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_priority; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__resolution_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_resolution; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__scope_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_scope; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__severity_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_severity; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__status_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_status; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__assignee_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__author_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_move_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(repo switch)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
:
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_pkgctl_issue_move_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_move_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_move_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_view_args=(
-p --package
-c --comments
-w --web
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_view_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_view_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_view_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_view_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_version_args=(
-h --help
)
_devtools_completions_color() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${_colors[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_arch() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ARCHES[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_binary_arch() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_repo() {
local optional=${1:-}
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${optional} ${DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_build_repo() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILDREPOS[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_all_packages() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "$(pacman -Sql)" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_protocol() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "https" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_inspect() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_INSPECT_MODES[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_search_format() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${valid_search_output_format[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_version_output_format() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_VERSION_OUTPUT_FORMAT[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_severity() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_status() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_scope() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_search_location() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEARCH_LOCATION[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_resolution() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_priority() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
__devtools_complete() {
local service=$1
local cur prev
# Don't break words at : and =
COMP_WORDBREAKS=${COMP_WORDBREAKS//[:=]}
cur=$(_get_cword)
prev=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD-1]}
__pkgctl_handle_subcommands "${service}"
return 0
}
__pkgctl_has_func() {
declare -f -- "${1}" &>/dev/null
}
__pkgctl_has_array() {
declare -p -- "${1}" &>/dev/null
}
__pkgctl_is_subcommand() {
__pkgctl_has_array "${1}"_args || \
__pkgctl_has_array "${1}"_cmds
}
__pkgctl_words_after_subcommand() {
local subcommand=("$@")
local subcommand_idx=0
local word prev_word
for ((i = 1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}; ++i)); do
word=${COMP_WORDS[i]}
prev_word=${COMP_WORDS[i-1]}
# skip options and the current typing
if [[ ${word} == -* ]] || [[ ${word} == "${cur}" ]]; then
continue
fi
# skip until we resolved the passed subcommand
if (( subcommand_idx < ${#subcommand[@]} )); then
if [[ $word == "${subcommand[$subcommand_idx]}" ]]; then
subcommand_idx=$(( subcommand_idx + 1 ))
fi
continue
fi
# skip previous options as they belong to the argument
if [[ ${prev_word} == -* ]] && __pkgctl_has_func "${service_name}_args${prev_word//-/_}_opts"; then
continue
fi
printf "%s\n" "${word}"
done
}
__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand() {
local subcommand=("$@")
mapfile -t words < <(__pkgctl_words_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
echo "${#words[@]}"
}
__pkgctl_handle_subcommands() {
local service_name=${1}
local index=${2:-0}
local word ref
# recurse into nested subcommands
for ((i = index + 1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}; ++i)); do
word=${COMP_WORDS[i]}
if [[ ${word} == -* ]] || [[ ${word} == "${cur}" ]]; then
continue
fi
if __pkgctl_is_subcommand "${service_name}_${word}"; then
__pkgctl_handle_subcommands "${service_name}_${word}" "${i}"
return
fi
done
# dynamic argument options
if [[ $prev == -* ]] && word=${prev//-/_} && __pkgctl_has_func "${service_name}_args${word}_opts"; then
"${service_name}_args${word}_opts"
# dynamic subcommand options
elif [[ $cur != -* ]] && __pkgctl_has_func "${service_name}_opts"; then
"${service_name}_opts"
# subcommand argument array
elif ( ! __pkgctl_has_array "${service_name}"_cmds || [[ $cur == -* ]] ) && __pkgctl_has_array "${service_name}_args"; then
declare -n ref="${service_name}_args"
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${ref[*]}" -- "$cur")
# subcommand array
elif __pkgctl_has_array "${service_name}"_cmds; then
declare -n ref="${service_name}_cmds"
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${ref[*]}" -- "$cur")
fi
}
_pkgctl() { __devtools_complete _pkgctl; }
complete -F _pkgctl pkgctl
# ex:noet ts=4 sw=4 ft=sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
#compdef archbuild arch-nspawn archrelease commitpkg pkgctl diffpkg finddeps makechrootpkg mkarchroot extrapkg=commitpkg corepkg=commitpkg testingpkg=commitpkg stagingpkg=commitpkg communitypkg=commitpkg community-testingpkg=commitpkg community-stagingpkg=commitpkg multilibpkg=commitpkg multilib-testingpkg=commitpkg extra-x86_64-build=archbuild testing-x86_64-build=archbuild staging-x86_64-build=archbuild multilib-build=archbuild multilib-testing-build=archbuild multilib-staging-build=archbuild kde-unstable-x86_64-build=archbuild gnome-unstable-x86_64-build=archbuild checkpkg sogrep offload-build makerepropkg
#
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR=${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR:-@pkgdatadir@}
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-build-install.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-build-install.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-tags.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-tags.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-repos.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-repos.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-inspect.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-inspect.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-search.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-search.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-version.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-version.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-issue.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-issue.sh
_colors=(never always auto)
_archbuild_args=(
'-c[Recreate the chroot before building]'
'-r[Create chroots in this directory]:base_dir:_files -/'
'-h[Display usage]'
'--[Introduce makechrootpkg options]:*::makechrootpkg options:= _dispatch makechrootpkg makechrootpkg'
)
_pkgctl_auth_cmds=(
"pkgctl auth command"
"login[Authenticate with the GitLab instance]"
"status[View authentication status]"
)
_pkgctl_auth_login_args=(
'(-g --gen-access-token)'{-g,--gen-access-token}'[Open the URL to generate a new personal access token]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_auth_status_args=(
'(-t --show-token)'{-t,--show-token}'[Display the auth token]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_build_args=(
"--arch[Specify architectures to build for (disables auto-detection)]:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*])"
"--repo[Specify a target repository (disables auto-detection)]:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'(-s --staging)'{-s,--staging}'[Build against the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-t --testing)'{-t,--testing}'[Build against the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-o --offload)'{-o,--offload}'[Build on a remote server and transfer artifacts afterwards]'
'(-c --clean)'{-c,--clean}'[Recreate the chroot before building]'
"--inspect[Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot (never, always, failure)]:inspect:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_INSPECT_MODES[*])"
'*'{-I,--install-to-chroot}'[Install a package to the working copy of the chroot]:target:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'*'{-i,--install-to-host}"[Install the built packages to the host system]:mode:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILD_INSTALL[*])"
'(-w --worker)'{-w,--worker}'[Name of the worker slot, useful for concurrent builds (disables auto-detection)]:slot:'
'--nocheck[Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'--pkgver=[Set pkgver, reset pkgrel and update checksums]:pkgver:'
'--pkgrel=[Set pkgrel to a given value]:pkgrel:'
'--rebuild[Increment the pkgrel variable]'
'--update-checksums[Force computation and update of the checksums (disables auto-detection)]'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the PKGBUILD before building]'
'(-r --release)'{-r,--release}'[Automatically commit, tag and release after building]'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}"[Use the given <msg> as the commit message]:message:"
'(-u --db-update)'{-u,--db-update}'[Automatically update the pacman database as last action]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_db_cmds=(
"pkgctl db command"
"move[Move packages between pacman repositories]"
"remove[Remove packages from pacman repositories]"
"update[Update the pacman database as final release step]"
)
_pkgctl_db_move_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:src-repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
"2:target-repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'*:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_db_remove_args=(
'--partial[Remove only partial pkgnames from a split package]'
'--noconfirm[Bypass any confirmation messages, should only be used with caution]'
'(-a --arch)'{-a,--arch}"[Override the architecture (disables auto-detection)]:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'*:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_db_update_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_issue_cmds=(
"pkgctl issue command"
"close[Close an issue]"
"comment[Comment on an issue]"
"create[Create a new issue]"
"edit[Edit and modify an issue]"
"list[List project or group issues]"
"move[Move an issue to another project]"
"reopen[Reopen a closed issue]"
"view[Display information about an issue]"
)
_pkgctl_issue_close_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-r --resolution)'{-r,--resolution}"[Set a specific resolution label]:resolution:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_create_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-t --title)'{-t,--title}'[Use the provided title for the issue]:title:'
'(-F --file)'{-F,--file}'[Take issue description from <file>]:file:_files'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the issue title and description using an editor]'
'(-w --web)'{-w,--web}'[Continue issue creation with the web interface]'
"--recover[Automatically recover from a failed run]"
"--confidentiality[Set the issue confidentiality]:confidential:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*])"
"--priority[Set the priority label]:priority:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*])"
"--scope[Set the scope label]:scope:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*])"
"--severity[Set the severity label]:severity:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*])"
"--status[Set the status label]:status:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-t --title)'{-t,--title}'[Use the provided title for the issue]:title:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the issue title and description using an editor]'
"--recover[Automatically recover from a failed run]"
"--confidentiality[Set the issue confidentiality]:confidential:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*])"
"--priority[Set the priority label]:priority:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*])"
"--resolution[Set the resolution label]:resolution:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*])"
"--scope[Set the scope label]:scope:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*])"
"--severity[Set the severity label]:severity:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*])"
"--status[Set the status label]:status:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_list_args=(
'(-g --group)'{-g,--group}'[Get issues from the whole packaging subgroup]'
'(-w --web)'{-w,--web}'[View results in a browser]'
'(-A --all)'{-A,--all}'[Get all issues including closed]'
'(-c --closed)'{-c,--closed}'[Get only closed issues]'
'(-U --unconfirmed)'{-U,--unconfirmed}'[Shorthand to filter by unconfirmed status label]'
'--search[Search in the fields defined by --in]:search:'
"--in[Search in title or description]:location:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEARCH_LOCATION[*])"
"--confidentiality[Filter by confidentiality]:confidential:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*])"
"--priority[Shorthand to filter by priority label]:priority:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*])"
"--resolution[Shorthand to filter by resolution label]:resolution:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*])"
"--scope[Shorthand to filter by scope label]:scope:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*])"
"--severity[Shorthand to filter by severity label]:severity:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*])"
"--status[Shorthand to filter by status label]:status:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*])"
'--assignee[Filter issues assigned to the given username]:username:'
'--assigned-to-me[Shorthand to filter issues assigned to you]'
'--author[Filter issues authored by the given username]:username:'
'--created-by-me[Shorthand to filter issues created by you]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_issue_move_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
'1:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_view_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-c --comments)'{-c,--comments}'[Show issue comments and activities]'
'(-w --web)'{-w,--web}'[View results in a browser]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_release_args=(
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}"[Use the given <msg> as the commit message]:message:"
'(-r --repo)'{-r,--repo}"[Specify a target repository for new packages]:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'(-s --staging)'{-s,--staging}'[Release to the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-t --testing)'{-t,--testing}'[Release to the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-u --db-update)'{-u,--db-update}'[Automatically update the pacman database after uploading]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_aur_cmds=(
"pkgctl aur command"
"drop-from-repo[Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR]"
)
_pkgctl_aur_drop_from_repo_args=(
'(-f --force)'{-f,--force}'[Force push to the AUR overwriting the remote repository]'
'--no-disown[Do not disown the package on the AUR]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_cmds=(
"pkgctl repo command"
"clean[Remove untracked files from the working tree]"
"clone[Clone a package repository]"
"configure[Configure a clone according to distro specs]"
"create[Create a new GitLab package repository]"
"switch[Switch a package repository to a specified version]"
"web[Open the packaging repository's website]"
)
_pkgctl_repo_switch_args=(
'(-f --force --discard-changes)'{-f,--force,--discard-changes}'[Discard changes if index or working tree is dirty]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:version'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_clean_args=(
'(-i --interactive)'{-i,--interactive}'[Show what would be done and clean files interactively]'
'(-n --dry-run)'{-n,--dry-run}"[Don't remove anything, just show what would be done]"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args=(
'(-m --maintainer=)'{-m,--maintainer=}'[Clone all packages of the named maintainer]:maintainer:'
'--protocol[Clone the repository over https]:proto:(https)'
'--switch=[Switch the current working tree to a specified version]'
'--universe[Clone all existing packages, useful for cache warming]'
'(-j --jobs)'{-j,--jobs}'[Run up to N jobs in parallel (default: number of processing units)]:jobs:'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args=(
'--protocol[Configure remote url to use https]:proto:(https)'
'(-j --jobs)'{-j,--jobs}'[Run up to N jobs in parallel (default: number of processing units)]:jobs:'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_create_args=(
'(-c --clone)'{-c,--clone}'[Clone the Git repository after creation]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:pkgbase'
)
_pkgctl_repo_web_args=(
'--print[Print the url instead of opening it with xdg-open]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_search_args=(
'--no-default-filter[Do not apply default filter (like -path:keys/pgp/*.asc)]'
'--json[Enable printing results in JSON]'
'(-F --format)'{-F,--format}"[Controls the formatting of the results]:format:($valid_search_output_format[*])"
'(-N --no-line-number)'{-N,--no-line-number}"[Don't show line numbers when formatting results]"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:query'
)
_arch_nspawn_args=(
'-C[Location of a pacman config file]:pacman_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-M[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'*-c[Set pacman cache]:pacman_cache:_files -/'
'*-f[Copy file from the host to the chroot]:copy_file:_files'
'-s[Do not run setarch]'
'-h[Display usage]'
'1:chroot_dir:_files -/'
)
_archrelease_args=(
'-f[Force release without checks]'
"*:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_TAGS[*])"
)
_commitpkg_args=(
'-f[Force release without checks]'
'-s[Target repo server]'
'-l[Set bandwidth limit]:limit'
"-a[Release to a specific architecture only]:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ARCHES[*])"
'1:commit_msg'
)
_diffpkg_args=(
'(-l --list)'{-l,--list}'[Tar content list diff mode]'
'(-d --diffoscope)'{-d,--diffoscope}'[Diffoscope diff mode]'
'(-p --pkginfo)'{-p,--pkginfo}'[.PKGINFO diff mode]'
'(-b --buildinfo)'{-b,--buildinfo}'[.BUILDINFO diff mode]'
'(-m --makepkg-config)'{-m,--makepkg-config}'[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'(-u -U --unified)'{-u,-U,--unified}'[Output 3 lines of unified context]'
'(-y --side-by-side)'{-y,--side-by-side}'[Output in two columns]'
'--color=[Color output]:when:($_colors[*])'
'(-W --width=)'{-W,--width=}'[Output at most NUM print columns]:num:(auto columns)'
'(-P --pool=)'{-P,--pool=}'[pool directory]:dir:_files -/'
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Provide more detailed/unfiltered output]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_finddeps_args=(
'1:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_makechrootpkg_args=(
'-h[Display usage]'
'-c[Clean the chroot before building]'
'*-d[Bind directory into build chroot as read-write]:bind_dir_rw:_files -/'
'*-D[Bind directory into build chroot as read-only]:bind_dir_ro:_files -/'
'*-t[Mount a tmpfs at directory]:tmpfs_dir:_files -/'
'-u[Update the working copy of the chroot before building]'
'-r[The chroot dir to use]:chroot_dir:_files -/'
'*-I[Install a package into the working copy]:target:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'-l[The directory to use as the working copy]:copy_dir:_files -/'
'-n[Run namcap on the package]'
'-T[Build in a temporary directory]'
'-U[Run makepkg as a specified user]:makepkg_user'
"-x[Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot (never, always, failure)]:inspect:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_INSPECT_MODES[*])"
)
_mkarchroot_args=(
'-U[Install a package into the working copy]:target:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'-C[Location of a pacman config file]:pacman_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-M[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-c[Set pacman cache]:pacman_cache:_files -/'
'-f[Copy src file from the host to the chroot]:target:_files -/'
'-h[Display usage]'
'1:working_dir:_files -/'
'*:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_checkpkg_args=(
'(-r --rmdir)'{-r,--rmdir}'[Remove the temporary directory]'
'(-w --warn)'{-w,--warn}'[Print a warning in case of differences]'
'(-M --makepkg-config)'{-M,--makepkg-config}'[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_sogrep_args=(
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Show matched links in addition to pkgname]'
'(-r --refresh)'{-r,--refresh}'[Refresh the links databases]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:repo:(all $DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])'
'2:libname'
)
_offload_build_args=(
'(-r --repo)'{-r,--repo}'[Build against a specific repository]:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILDREPOS[*])'
'(-a --arch)'{-a,--arch}'[Build against a specific architecture]:arch:(${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*]})'
'(-s --server)'{-s,--server}'[Offload to a specific Build server]:server:'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_makerepropkg_args=(
'-d[Run diffoscope if the package is unreproducible]'
'-n[Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'-c[Set pacman cache]:pacman_cache:_files -/'
'-M[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-h[Display usage]'
'*:working_dir:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
)
_devtools_completions_all_packages() {
typeset -U packages
packages=($(_call_program packages pacman -Sql))
compadd - "${(@)packages}"
}
_pkgctl_cmds=(
"pkgctl command"
"aur[Interact with the Arch User Repository (AUR)]"
"auth[Authenticate with services like GitLab]"
"build[Build packages inside a clean chroot]"
"db[Pacman database modification for package update, move etc]"
"diff[Compare package files using different modes]"
"issue[Work with GitLab packaging issues]"
"license[Check and manage package license compliance]"
"release[Release step to commit, tag and upload build artifacts]"
"repo[Manage Git packaging repositories and their configuration]"
"search[Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group]"
"version[Check and manage package versions against upstream]"
)
_pkgctl_args=(
'(-V --version)'{-V,--version}'[Show pkgctl version information]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_license_cmds=(
"pkgctl license command"
"check[Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE]"
"setup[Automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE config]"
)
_pkgctl_license_check_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_license_setup_args=(
'(-f --force)'{-f,--force}'[Overwrite existing REUSE config]'
'--no-check[Do not run license check after setup]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_version_cmds=(
"pkgctl version command"
"check[Compares local package versions against upstream versions]"
"setup[Automatically detect and setup a basic nvchecker config]"
"upgrade[Adjust the PKGBUILD to match the latest upstream version]"
)
_pkgctl_version_check_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Display all results including up-to-date versions]'
'--json[Enable printing results in JSON]'
'(-F --format)'{-F,--format}"[Controls the output format of the results]:format:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_VERSION_OUTPUT_FORMAT[*])"
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_version_setup_args=(
'(-f --force)'{-f,--force}'[Do not prompt before overwriting]'
'--prefer-platform-api[Prefer platform specific GitHub/GitLab API for complex cases]'
'--url[Derive check target from URL instead of source array]:url:'
'--no-check[Do not run version check after setup]'
'--no-upstream[Setup a blank config for packages without upstream sources]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_version_upgrade_args=(
'--no-update-checksums[Disable computation and update of the checksums]'
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Display results including up-to-date versions]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_diff_args=("${_diffpkg_args[@]}")
_handle_subcommands() {
local service_name=${1}
if typeset -p ${service_name}_cmds &> /dev/null; then
_arguments -C \
"1: :->cmds" \
'*::arg:->args'
case $state in
cmds)
if [[ "${line[-1]}" == -* ]] && typeset -p ${service_name}_args &> /dev/null; then
local argname="${service_name}_args[@]"
_arguments -s "${(P)argname}"
else
local service_cmds=${service_name}_cmds[@]
_values "${(P)service_cmds}"
fi
;;
args)
local service_sub=${service_name}_${line[1]//-/_}
if typeset -p ${service_sub}_args &> /dev/null; then
local cmd_args=${service_sub}_args[@]
_arguments -s "${(P)cmd_args}"
elif typeset -p ${service_sub}_cmds &> /dev/null; then
_handle_subcommands "${service_sub}"
fi
;;
esac
elif typeset -p ${service_name}_args &> /dev/null; then
local argname="${service_name}_args[@]"
_arguments -s "${(P)argname}"
fi
}
_devtools() {
_handle_subcommands _${service//-/_}
}
_devtools

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
# This is an example PKGBUILD file, so that shellcheck can know what
# variables to expect be set after including a PKGBUILD.
# Maintainer: Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
pkgname=NAME
pkgver=VERSION
pkgrel=1
epoch=
pkgdesc=""
arch=()
url=""
license=('GPL')
groups=()
depends=()
makedepends=()
checkdepends=()
optdepends=()
provides=()
conflicts=()
replaces=()
backup=()
options=()
install=
changelog=
source=("$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz"
"$pkgname-$pkgver.patch")
noextract=()
md5sums=()
validpgpkeys=()
prepare() {
:
}
build() {
:
}
check() {
:
}
package() {
:
}

12
data/LICENSE Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
Copyright Arch Linux Contributors
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for
any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
arch-nspawn(1)
==============
Name
----
arch-nspawn - Run a command or OS in a light-weight namespace container
Synopsis
--------
arch-nspawn [options] working-dir [systemd-nspawn arguments]
Description
-----------
'arch-nspawn' is a wrapper around systemd-nspawn to run command or OS in a
namespace container such as a directory including base utilities of a OS.
It is used to build package(s) in given clean and defined environment.
Options
-------
*-C* <file>::
Location of a pacman config file
*-M* <file>::
Location of a makepkg config file. Specific additions (e.g. build flags for
additional languages) can be placed in '<file>.d/*.conf'.
*-c* <dir>::
Set pacman cache, if no directory is specified the passed pacman.conf's cachedir is used with a fallback to '/etc/pacman.conf'
*-f* <src>[:<dst>]::
Copy file from the host to the chroot.
If 'dst' is not provided, it defaults to 'src' inside of the chroot.
*-s*::
Do not run setarch
*-h*::
Show this usage message
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
archbuild(1)
============
Name
----
archbuild - a script to build an Arch Linux package inside a clean chroot.
Synopsis
--------
archbuild [options] -- [makechrootpkg args]
Description
-----------
'archbuild' is a script to build an Arch Linux package. archbuild is part of devtools but should only be used via one of the included symlinks:
* extra-x86_64-build
* gnome-unstable-x86_64-build
* kde-unstable-x86_64-build
* multilib-build
* multilib-staging-build
* multilib-testing-build
* staging-x86_64-build
* testing-x86_64-build
The symlink used to run it will be inspected by archbuild, to determine which target you want it to use. It will load the available pacman configuration from 'reponame-arch.conf' with a fallback to 'reponame.conf' from {pkgdatadir}/pacman.conf.d. The makepkg configuration is loaded from 'repo-arch.conf' with a fallback to 'reponame.conf' from {pkgdatadir}/makepkg.conf.d.
It will also load the bind mount configuration from 'mount.d/arch' in {pkgdatadir}. The file format is that each line starting with ro and rw will be used, other lines will be ignored, and the rest of the used line is out/path:in/path preceded by a space as a separator. ro means it is a read-only mount, rw means a read-write mount.
Options
-------
*-h*::
Output command line options.
*-c*::
Recreate the chroot before building.
*-r* <dir>::
Create chroots in this directory.
See Also
--------
devtools(7)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
checkpkg(1)
===========
Name
----
checkpkg - Compare the current build package with the repository version
Synopsis
--------
checkpkg
Description
-----------
Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and
downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories. It
then compares the list of .so files provided by each version of the package and
outputs if there are soname differences for the new package. A directory is
also created using mktemp with files containing a file list for both packages
and a library list for both packages.
Options
-------
*-r, --rmdir*::
Remove the temporary directory created to contain the file and library list
of both packages.
*-w, --warn*::
Print a warning instead of a regular message in case of soname differences.
*-M, --makepkg-config*::
Set an alternate makepkg configuration file.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
find-libprovides(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
devtools(7)
===========
Name
----
devtools - Developer tools for the Arch Linux distribution
Description
-----------
Devtools contains tools for package maintenance in Arch Linux. It comes with a
unified command-line frontend called 'pkgctl' that aids to conveniently
interact with all the different tools this collection provides.
The toolset varies from tools for building packages in a clean chroot
('mkarchroot', 'archbuild', ...), packaging related tools ('sogrep', 'diffpkg',
'lddd') and tools for repository management such as ('pkgrepo').
Programs
--------
The list below gives a short overview; see the respective documentation
for details.
pkgctl(1)
Unified command-line frontend for devtools
archbuild(1)
Build an Arch Linux package inside a clean chroot
arch-nspawn(1)
Run a command or OS in a light-weight namespace container
checkpkg(1)
Compare the current build package with the repository version
diffpkg(1)
Compare package files using different modes
export-pkgbuild-keys(1)
Export valid source signing keys from a PKGBUILD
find-libdeps(1)
Find soname dependencies for a package
find-libprovides(1)
Find soname's which are provided by a package
lddd(1)
Find broken library links on your system
mkarchroot(1)
Creates an arch chroot in a specified location with a specified set of
packages
makechrootpkg(1)
Build a PKGBUILD in a given chroot environment
makerepropkg(1)
Rebuild a package to see if it is reproducible
offload-build(1)
Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg
sogrep(1)
Find packages using a linked to a given shared library
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
diffpkg(1)
==========
Name
----
diffpkg - Compare package files using different modes.
Synopsis
--------
diffpkg [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME...]
Description
-----------
Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and
downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories.
It then compares the package archives using different modes while using
simple tar content list by default.
When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one.
When given two packages, diff both packages against each other.
In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the
cache or pool, and diffpkg will proceed as though this filename was initially
specified.
Options
-------
*-M, --makepkg-config*::
Set an alternate makepkg configuration file
*-P, --pool*='DIR'::
Search diff target in pool dir (default `'/srv/ftp/pool'`)
*-v, --verbose*::
Provide more detailed/unfiltered output
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Output Options
--------------
*--color*[='WHEN']::
Color output; 'WHEN' is `'never'`, `'always'`, or `'auto'`; Plain *--color* means *--color='auto'*
*-u, -U, --unified*::
Output 3 lines of unified context
*-y, --side-by-side*::
Output in two columns
*-W, --width*[='NUM']::
Output at most 'NUM' (default `'auto'`) print columns; 'NUM' can be `'auto'`, `'columns'` or a number.
`'auto'` will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut.
Modes
-----
*-l, --list*::
Activate tar content list diff mode (default)
*-d, --diffoscope*::
Activate diffoscope diff mode
*-p, --pkginfo*::
Activate .PKGINFO diff mode
*-b, --buildinfo*::
Activate .BUILDINFO diff mode
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
export-pkgbuild-keys(1)
=======================
Name
----
export-pkgbuild-keys - Export valid source signing keys from a PKGBUILD
Synopsis
--------
export-pkgbuild-keys
Description
-----------
Export the PGP keys from a PKGBUILDs validpgpkeys array into the keys/pgp/
subdirectory. Useful for distributing packager validated source signing
keys alongside PKGBUILDs.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text.
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
find-libdeps(1)
===============
Name
----
find-libdeps - Find soname dependencies for a package
Synopsis
--------
find-libdeps [options]
Description
-----------
Finds soname dependencies of a package and prints out a list in the following
format '<soname>=<soversion>-<soarch>'.
Options
-------
*--ignore-internal*::
Ignore internal libraries.
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
find-libprovides(1)
===================
Name
----
find-libprovides - Find soname's which are provided by a package
Synopsis
--------
find-libprovides [options]
Description
-----------
Finds soname's provided by a package and prints out a list in the following
format '<soname>=<soversion>-<soarch>'.
Options
-------
*--ignore-internal*::
Ignore internal libraries.
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
Homepage
--------
'https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools'
Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.

25
doc/man/lddd.1.asciidoc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
lddd(1)
=======
Name
----
lddd - Find broken library links on your system
Synopsis
--------
lddd
Description
-----------
Scans '$PATH', '/lib', '/usr/lib', '/usr/local/lib' and
'/etc/ld.so.conf.d/*.conf' directories for ELF files with references to missing
shared libraries, and suggests which packages might need to be rebuilt. The
collected data is written to a temporary directory created by mktemp.
See Also
--------
ldd(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
makechrootpkg(1)
================
Name
----
makechrootpkg - Build a PKGBUILD in a given chroot environment
Synopsis
--------
makechrootpkg [OPTIONS] -r <chrootdir> [--] [makepkg args]
Description
-----------
Run this script in a directory containing a PKGBUILD to build a package
inside a clean chroot. Arguments passed to this script after the
end-of-options marker (--) will be passed to makepkg.
The chroot dir consists of the following directories:
<chrootdir>/{root, copy} but only "root" is required
by default. The working copy will be created as needed
The chroot "root" directory must be created via the following
command:
mkarchroot <chrootdir>/root base-devel
This script reads {SRC,SRCPKG,PKG,LOG}DEST, MAKEFLAGS and PACKAGER
from makepkg.conf(5), if those variables are not part of the
environment.
Default makepkg args: --syncdeps --noconfirm --log --holdver --skipinteg
Options
-------
*-h*::
Show this usage message
*-c*::
Clean the chroot before building
*-d* <dir>::
Bind directory into build chroot as read-write
*-D* <dir>::
Bind directory into build chroot as read-only
*-t* <dir>[:opts]::
Mount a tmpfs at 'dir'. See the '--tmpfs' argument in systemd-nspawn(1) for more details.
*-u*::
Update the working copy of the chroot before building
This is useful for rebuilds without dirtying the pristine
chroot
*-r* <dir>::
The chroot dir to use
*-I* <pkg>::
Install a package into the working copy of the chroot
*-l* <copy>::
The directory to use as the working copy of the chroot
Useful for maintaining multiple copies
Default: $USER
*-n*::
Run namcap on the build package
*-C*::
Run checkpkg on the build package
*-T*::
Build in a temporary directory
*-U*::
Run makepkg as a specified user
*-x* <when>::
Inspect chroot after build, possible modes are 'never' (default), 'always' or 'failure'
See Also
--------
systemd-nspawn(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
makerepropkg(1)
===============
Name
----
makerepropkg - Rebuild a package to see if it is reproducible
Synopsis
--------
makerepropkg [OPTIONS] [<package_file|pkgname>...]
Description
-----------
Given the path to a built pacman package(s), attempt to rebuild it using the
PKGBUILD in the current directory. The package will be built in an environment
as closely matching the environment of the initial package as possible, by
building up a chroot to match the information exposed in the package's
BUILDINFO(5) manifest. On success, the resulting package will be
compared to the input package, and makerepropkg will report whether the
artifacts are identical.
When given multiple packages, additional package files are assumed to be split
packages and will be treated as additional artifacts to compare during the
verification step.
A valid target(s) for pacman -S can be specified instead, and makerepropkg will
download it to the cache if needed. This is mostly useful to specify which
repository to retrieve from. If no positional arguments are specified, the
targets will be sourced from the PKGBUILD.
In either case, the package name will be converted to a filename from the
cache, and makerepropkg will proceed as though this filename was initially
specified.
This implements a verifier for pacman/libalpm packages in accordance with the
link:https://reproducible-builds.org/[Reproducible Builds] project.
Options
-------
*-d*::
If packages are not reproducible, compare them using diffoscope.
*-n*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD.
*-c*::
Set the pacman cache directory.
*-M* <file>::
Location of a makepkg config file. Specific additions (e.g. build flags for
additional languages) can be placed in '<file>.d/*.conf'.
*-l* <chroot>::
The directory name to use as the chroot namespace
Useful for maintaining multiple copies
Default: $USER
*-h*::
Show this usage message
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
mkarchroot(1)
=============
Name
----
mkarchroot - Creates an arch chroot in a specified location with a specified set of packages
Synopsis
--------
mkarchroot [options] [location] [packages]
Description
-----------
'mkarchroot' is a script to create an Arch Linux chroot at a specified location
with specified packages. Typically used by 'makechrootpkg' to create build
chroots. Apart from installing specified packages the chroot is created with an
en_US.UTF-8 and de_DE.UTF-8 locale and a generated machine-id.
Options
-------
*-U*::
Use 'pacman -U' to install packages.
*-C* <file>::
Location of a pacman config file.
*-M* <file>::
Location of a makepkg config file.
*-c* <dir>::
Set pacman cache.
*-f* <src>[:<dst>]::
Copy file from the host to the chroot.
If 'dst' is not provided, it defaults to 'src' inside of the chroot.
*-s*::
Do not run setarch.
*-h*::
Output command line options.
See Also
--------
pacman(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
offload-build(1)
================
Name
----
offload-build - Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg
Synopsis
--------
offload-build [OPTIONS] -- [ARCHBUILD_OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg. Requires a remote user
that can run archbuild in a non-interactive manner, e.g. must be able to
elevate permissions using passwordless sudo.
Options
-------
*-r, --repo* <reponame>::
Build against a specific repository. The default is `extra`, to build packages using
the stable repositories via extra-x86_64-build.
*-a, --arch* <architecture>::
Build against a specific architecture. The default is `x86_64`, the only
architecture officially supported by Arch Linux.
*-s, --server* <hostname>::
Offload to a specific build server. The default is build.archlinux.org
which is used as part of the build toolchain for the official Arch Linux
repos.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text.
Passing options to archbuild
----------------------------
Options after a delimiting -- are passed on to archbuild on the remote.
archbuild in turn supports passing arguments on to makechrootpkg, which in turn
supports passing options to makepkg. Since each uses -- to delimit options that
are forwarded, make sure to escape them properly:
`offload-build offload-args -- archbuild-args -- makechrootpkg-args -- makepkg-args`
Example: To use a second `testing-x86_64-build` instance with another copydir:
`offload-build -r testing -- -- -l <chroot_copy>`
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo(1)
============================
Name
----
pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo - Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl aur drop-from-repo [OPTIONS] [PATH]...
Description
-----------
Drops a specified package from the official repositories to the Arch User
Repository.
This command requires a local Git clone of the package repository. It
reconfigures the repository for AUR compatibility and pushes it to the
AUR. Afterwards, the package is removed from the official repository.
By default, the package is automatically disowned in the AUR.
Options
-------
*--no-disown*::
Do not disown the package on the AUR
*-f, --force*::
Force push to the AUR overwriting the remote repository
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-db-remove(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
pkgctl-aur(1)
=============
Name
----
pkgctl-aur - Interact with the Arch User Repository (AUR)
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl aur [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
Description
-----------
Provides a suite of tools designed for managing and interacting with the Arch
User Repository (AUR). It simplifies various tasks related to AUR, including
importing repositories, managing packages, and transitioning packages between
the official repositories and the AUR.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl aur drop-from-repo::
Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR
See Also
--------
pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-auth-login(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-auth-login - Authenticate with the GitLab instance
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl auth login [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Interactively authenticate with the GitLab instance.
The minimum required scopes for the token are: 'api', 'write_repository'.
The GitLab API token can either be stored in a plaintext file in
'$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/devtools/gitlab.conf', or supplied via the
'DEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN' environment variable using any command (gpg, vault,
password manager) by declaring a shell alias:
$ alias pkgctl='DEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN="$(command to obtain token)" pkgctl'
Options
-------
*-g, --gen-access-token*::
Open the URL to generate a new personal access token
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth-status(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
pkgctl-auth-status(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-auth-status - View authentication status
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl auth status [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Verifies and displays information about your authentication state of
services like the GitLab instance and reports issues if any.
Options
-------
*-t, --show-token*::
Display the auth token
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth-login(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
pkgctl-auth(1)
==============
Name
----
pkgctl-auth - Authenticate with serivces like GitLab.
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl auth [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
Description
-----------
Manage the authorization for the GitLab instance and show its current status.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl auth login::
Authenticate with the GitLab instance
pkgctl auth status::
View authentication status
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth-login(1)
pkgctl-auth-status(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
pkgctl-build(1)
===============
Name
----
pkgctl-build - Build packages inside a clean chroot
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl build [OPTIONS] [PATH...]
Description
-----------
Build packages in clean chroot environment, offering various options
and functionalities to customize the package building process.
By default, chroot environments are located in '/var/lib/archbuild/'.
Build Options
-------------
*--arch* 'ARCH'::
Specify architectures to build for (disables auto-detection)
*--repo* 'REPO'::
Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo.
Fallback to `'extra'` when building packages that are not present in any
official repository yet. Using this option is disallowed if the package is
already released, as it would circumvent the auto-detection safeguard.
*-s, --staging*::
Build against the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-t, --testing*::
Build against the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-o, --offload*::
Build on a remote server and transfer artifacts afterwards
*-c, --clean*::
Recreate the chroot before building
*--inspect* 'WHEN'::
Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot after building. Useful to ease the debugging of a package build. +
Possible values for 'WHEN' are `'never'`, `'always'` or `'failure'`
*-w, --worker* 'SLOT'::
Name of the worker slot, useful for concurrent builds. By default the slot
is automatically assigned to the current tty pts number. In case the caller
is not a tty, choose a random slot between 1 and number of available
processing units.
*--nocheck*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD
Install Options
---------------
*-I, --install-to-chroot* 'FILE'::
Install a package to the working copy of the chroot
*-i, --install-to-host* 'MODE'::
Install the built packages to the host system. Useful when one wants to verify that the package works as intended.
* When 'MODE' is 'all', this installs all built packages
* When 'MODE' is 'auto', this installs all built packages which are currently installed
PKGBUILD Options
----------------
*--pkgver*='PKGVER'::
Set pkgver, reset pkgrel and update checksums
*--pkgrel*='PKGREL'::
Set pkgrel to a given value
*--rebuild*::
Increment the current pkgrel variable
*--update-checksums*::
Force computation and update of the checksums by disabling auto-detection. +
Should only be used in special circumstances, like when adding new patch
files to the source array. During regular packaging operations, checksums
are either automatically updated when upgrading a package using `--pkgver`
or should remain immutable during rebuilds.
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the PKGBUILD before building
Release Options
---------------
*-r, --release*::
Automatically commit, tag and release after building +
Specifying this option is required when using any of the following options
in this section
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the given <msg> as the commit message
*-u, --db-update*::
Automatically update the pacman database as last action
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-release(1)
pkgctl-db-update(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
pkgctl-db-move(1)
=================
Name
----
pkgctl-db-move - Move packages between binary repositories.
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl db move [OPTIONS] [SOURCE_REPO] [TARGET_REPO] [PKGBASE]...
Description
-----------
Move packages between binary repositories i.e. from 'extra-testing' to 'extra'.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-db-remove(1)
===================
Name
----
pkgctl-db-remove - Remove packages from binary repositories
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl db remove [OPTIONS] [REPO] [PKGBASE]...
Description
-----------
Remove packages from pacman repositories. By default passing a pkgbase removes
all split packages, debug packages as well as entries from the state repo for
all existing architectures.
Beware when using the `--partial` option, as it may most likely lead to
undesired effects by leaving debug packages behind as well as dangling entries
in the state repository.
Options
-------
*--partial*::
Remove only partial pkgnames from a split package. This leaves debug
packages behind and pkgbase entries in the state repo.
*-a, --arch* 'ARCH'::
Remove only one specific architecture (disables auto-detection).
By default all architectures are removed when this option is not used.
*--noconfirm*::
Bypass any confirmation messages, should only be used with caution.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
pkgctl-db-update(1)
===================
Name
----
pkgctl-db-update - Update the binary repository as final release step
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl db update [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Update the pacman database as final release step for packages that
have been transfered and staged on 'repos.archlinux.org'.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-db(1)
============
NAME
----
pkgctl-db - Pacman database modification utility for package updates, moves, and more.
SYNOPSIS
--------
pkgctl db [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
DESCRIPTION
-----------
Managing the Pacman database and facilitate the modification of packages and their metadata
within the database
OPTIONS
-------
*-h, --help*::
Display usage information and available options.
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl db update::
Update the binary repository as final release step
pkgctl db move::
Move packages between binary repositories
pkgctl db remove::
Remove packages from binary repositories
SEE ALSO
--------
pkgctl-db-update(1)
pkgctl-db-move(1)
pkgctl-db-remove(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
pkgctl-diff(1)
==============
Name
----
pkgctl-diff - Compare package files using different modes.
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl diff [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME...]
Description
-----------
Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and
downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories.
It then compares the package archives using different modes while using
simple tar content list by default.
When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one.
When given two packages, diff both packages against each other.
In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the cache
or pool, and 'pkgctl diff' will proceed as though this filename was initially
specified.
Options
-------
*-M, --makepkg-config*::
Set an alternate makepkg configuration file
*-P, --pool*='DIR'::
Search diff target in pool dir (default `'/srv/ftp/pool'`)
*-v, --verbose*::
Provide more detailed/unfiltered output
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Output Options
--------------
*--color*[='WHEN']::
Color output; 'WHEN' is `'never'`, `'always'`, or `'auto'`; Plain *--color* means *--color='auto'*
*-u, -U, --unified*::
Output 3 lines of unified context
*-y, --side-by-side*::
Output in two columns
*-W, --width*[='NUM']::
Output at most 'NUM' (default `'auto'`) print columns; 'NUM' can be `'auto'`, `'columns'` or a number.
`'auto'` will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut.
Modes
-----
*-l, --list*::
Activate tar content list diff mode (default)
*-d, --diffoscope*::
Activate diffoscope diff mode
*-p, --pkginfo*::
Activate .PKGINFO diff mode
*-b, --buildinfo*::
Activate .BUILDINFO diff mode
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
pkgctl-issue-close(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-close - Close an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue close [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
This command is used to close an issue in Arch Linux packaging projects. It
finalizes the issue by marking it as resolved and optionally providing a reason
for its closure.
To edit an issue, users must specify the issue ID (IID). By default, the
command operates within the current directory, but users have the option to
specify a different package base.
Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for closing the issue. For more detailed or precise reasons, users can
opt to edit the closure message using a text editor before submitting it.
Additionally, a specific resolution label can be set to categorize the closure
reason, with the default label being "completed."
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the provided message as the reason for closing
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the reason for closing using an editor
*-r, --resolution* 'REASON'::
Set a specific resolution label (default: completed)
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-comment(1)
=======================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-comment - Comment on an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue comment [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
This command allows users to add comments to an issue in Arch Linux packaging
projects. This command is useful for providing feedback, updates, or any
additional information related to an issue directly within the project's issue
tracking system.
By default, the command interacts with the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.
Users can provide a comment message directly through the command line, ensuring
quick and efficient communication. Additionally, for more detailed or formatted
comments, users have the option to edit their comment using a text editor
before submitting it.
Options
-------
*-p, --package PKGBASE*::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message MSG*::
Use the provided message as the comment
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the comment using an editor
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
pkgctl-issue-create(1)
======================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-create - Create a new issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue create [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
The create command is used to create a new issue for an Arch Linux package.
This command is suitable for reporting bugs, regressions, feature requests, or
any other issues related to a package. It provides a flexible way to document
and track new issues within the project's issue tracking system.
By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.
Users can provide a title for the issue directly through the command line. The
issue description can be supplied from a file or edited using a text editor.
Alternatively, users can opt to continue the issue creation process using the
web interface for a more interactive experience.
The command allows setting various labels and attributes for the issue, such as
confidentiality, priority, scope, severity, and status. These options help
categorize and prioritize the issue appropriately within the tracking system.
In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the issue creation process is completed without losing any data.
This command is essential for maintainers, contributors, and users who need to
report new issues related to Arch Linux packages.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-t, --title* 'TITLE'::
Use the provided title for the issue
*-F, --file* 'FILE'::
Take issue description from <file>
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the issue description using an editor
*-w, --web*::
Continue issue creation with the web interface
*--recover*::
Automatically recover from a failed run
*--confidentiality* 'TYPE'::
Set the issue confidentiality
*--priority* 'PRIORITY'::
Set the priority label
*--scope* 'SCOPE'::
Set the scope label
*--severity* 'SEVERITY'::
Set the severity label
*--status* 'STATUS'::
Set the status label
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
pkgctl-issue-edit(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-edit - Edit and modify an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue edit [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
The pkgctl issue edit command is used to modify an existing issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command allows users to update the issue's title,
description, and various attributes, ensuring that the issue information
remains accurate and up-to-date. It also provides a streamlined facility
for bug wranglers to categorize and prioritize issues efficiently.
To edit an issue, users must specify the issue ID (IID). By default, the
command operates within the current directory, but users can specify a
different package base if needed.
The command allows for direct updates to the issue title and description. For
more extensive changes, users can edit these details using a text editor. The
command provides various options to set or update labels and attributes such as
confidentiality, priority, resolution, scope, severity, and status. These
options help maintain clear and organized issue management.
In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the editing process is completed without losing any data.
This command is particularly useful for maintainers and contributors who need
to update the details of an issue to reflect new information or changes in
status. It ensures that all issue details are accurately maintained,
facilitating efficient tracking and resolution.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-t, --title* 'TITLE'::
Use the provided title for the issue
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the issue title and description using an editor
*--recover*::
Automatically recover from a failed run
*--confidentiality* 'TYPE'::
Set the issue confidentiality
*--priority* 'PRIORITY'::
Set the priority label
*--resolution* 'REASON'::
Set the resolution label
*--scope* 'SCOPE'::
Set the scope label
*--severity* 'SEVERITY'::
Set the severity label
*--status* 'STATUS'::
Set the status label
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
pkgctl-issue-list(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-list - List project or group issues
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue list [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE]
Description
-----------
The pkgctl issue list command is used to list issues associated with a specific
packaging project or the entire packaging subgroup in Arch Linux. This command
facilitates efficient issue management by allowing users to list and filter
issues based on various criteria.
Results can also be displayed directly in a web browser for easier navigation
and review.
The command offers filtering options to refine the results. Users can include
closed issues, filter exclusively for unconfirmed issues, or focus on issues
with specific labels such as priority, confidentiality, resolution, scope,
severity, and status.
Additionally, users can search within issue titles or descriptions and filter
issues by the assignee or author. There are also convenient shortcuts to filter
issues assigned to or created by the current user.
This command is particularly useful for package maintainers and contributors in
the Arch Linux community who need to track and manage issues efficiently. It
provides a comprehensive view of the project's or group's issue landscape,
enabling maintainers to address and prioritize issues effectively.
Options
-------
*-g, --group*::
Get issues from the whole packaging subgroup
*-w, --web*::
View results in a browser
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Filter Options
--------------
*-A, --all*::
Get all issues including closed
*-c, --closed*::
Get only closed issues
*-U, --unconfirmed*::
Shorthand to filter by unconfirmed status label
*--search* 'SEARCH'::
Search <string> in the fields defined by --in
*--in* 'LOCATION'::
Search in title or description (default: all)
*-l, --label* 'NAME'::
Filter issue by label <name>
*--confidentiality* 'TYPE'::
Filter by confidentiality
*--priority* 'PRIORITY'::
Shorthand to filter by priority label
*--resolution* 'REASON'::
Shorthand to filter by resolution label
*--scope* 'SCOPE'::
Shorthand to filter by scope label
*--severity* 'SEVERITY'::
Shorthand to filter by severity label
*--status* 'STATUS'::
Shorthand to filter by status label
*--assignee* 'USERNAME'::
Filter issues assigned to the given username
*--assigned-to-me*::
Shorthand to filter issues assigned to you
*--author* 'USERNAME'::
Filter issues authored by the given username
*--created-by-me*::
Shorthand to filter issues created by you
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-move(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-move - Move an issue to another project
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue move [OPTIONS] [IID] [DESTINATION_PACKAGE]
Description
-----------
The move command allows users to transfer an issue from one project to another
within the Arch Linux packaging group. This is useful when an issue is
identified to be more relevant or better handled in a different project.
By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base from which to move the issue.
Users must specify the issue ID (IID) and the destination package to which the
issue should be moved. A comment message explaining the reason for the move can
be provided directly through the command line. For more detailed explanations
or additional context, users have the option to edit the move comment using a
text editor before submitting it.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Move from `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the provided message as the comment
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the comment using an editor
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-reopen(1)
======================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-reopen - Reopen a closed issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue reopen [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
The reopen command is used to reopen a previously closed issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command is useful when an issue needs to be revisited
or additional work is required after it was initially closed.
To edit an issue, users must specify the issue ID (IID). By default, the
command operates within the current directory, but users can specify a
different package base if needed.
Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for reopening the issue. For more detailed explanations or to provide
additional context, users have the option to edit the reopening comment using a
text editor before submitting it.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the provided message as the comment
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the comment using an editor
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-view(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-view - Display information about an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue view [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
This command is designed to display detailed information about a specific issue
in Arch Linux packaging projects. It gathers and pretty prints all relevant
data about the issue, providing a comprehensive view that includes the issue's
description, status as well as labels and creation date.
By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users have
the option to specify a different package base. Additionally, users can choose
to view the issue in a web browser for a more interactive experience.
For those requiring deeper insights, the command can also display all comments
and activities related to the issue, providing a full historical context and
ongoing discussions.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-c, --comments*::
Show issue comments and activities
*-w, --web*::
Open issue in a browser
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
pkgctl-issue(1)
===============
Name
----
pkgctl-issue - Work with GitLab packaging issues
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue [SUBCOMMAND] [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Work with GitLab packaging issues.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl issue close::
Close an issue
pkgctl issue comment::
Comment on an issue
pkgctl issue create::
Create a new issue
pkgctl issue edit::
Edit and modify an issue
pkgctl issue list::
List project or group issues
pkgctl issue move::
Move an issue to another project
pkgctl issue reopen::
Reopen a closed issue
pkgctl issue view::
Display information about an issue
See Also
--------
pkgctl-issue-close(1)
pkgctl-issue-comment(1)
pkgctl-issue-create(1)
pkgctl-issue-edit(1)
pkgctl-issue-list(1)
pkgctl-issue-move(1)
pkgctl-issue-reopen(1)
pkgctl-issue-view(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
pkgctl-license-check(1)
=======================
Name
----
pkgctl-license-check - Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl license check [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE and also verifies whether
a LICENSE file with the expected Arch Linux-specific 0BSD license text exists.
Configuration
-------------
Uses reuse(1) and a `REUSE.toml` file located alongside the PKGBUILD(5). Refer
to the configuration section in pkgctl-license(1).
If no `PKGBASE` is specified, the command defaults to using the current working
directory.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Exit Codes
----------
On exit, return one of the following codes:
*0*::
Normal exit condition, all checked packages are compliant
*1*::
Unknown cause of failure
*2*::
Normal exit condition, but some packages are not compliant
See Also
--------
pkgctl-license(1)
reuse(1)
PKGBUILD(5)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
pkgctl-license-setup(1)
=======================
Name
----
pkgctl-license-setup - Automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE
configuration
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl license setup [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
This subcommand automates the creation of the Arch Linux 0BSD package license
file as well as a basic reuse(1) configuration by applying simple heuristics.
It comes in especially handy when initially setting up licensing for a package
without the need to manually write a `REUSE.toml` file.
If any `.patch` files are detected and the PKGBUILD(5) has only a single entry
in the `license=()` array, this subcommand assumes the patches are licensed
under that license and generates annotations for them.
In case there are no patches, no additional annotations are generated.
Manual annotations are necessary in case the subcommand can't generate a
configuration that accounts for all files. In this case, `reuse lint` will fail
with a descriptive error of which files are missing an annotation.
If no `PKGBASE` is specified, the command defaults to using the current working
directory.
Options
-------
*-f, --force*::
Overwrite existing reuse(1) configuration
*--no-check*::
Do not run pkgctl-license-check(1) after setup
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-license(1)
pkgctl-license-check(1)
reuse(1)
PKGBUILD(5)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
pkgctl-license(1)
=================
Name
----
pkgctl-license - Check and manage package license compliance
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl license [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
Description
-----------
Commands related to package licenses, including checks for compliance.
Uses reuse(1) and a `REUSE.toml` file located alongside the PKGBUILD(5).
Configuration
-------------
The `REUSE.toml` file must contain annotations for all regular files expected
to be present in an Arch Linux package repository.
Use pkgctl-license-setup(1) to automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE
config file based on the files in the package repository.
For detailed information on the various configuration options available for the
`REUSE.toml` file, refer to the REUSE Specification (https://reuse.software/spec).
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl license check::
Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE
pkgctl license setup::
Automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE config
See Also
--------
pkgctl-license-check(1)
pkgctl-license-setup(1)
reuse(1)
PKGBUILD(5)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
pkgctl-release(1)
=================
Name
----
pkgctl-release - Release step to commit, tag and upload build artifacts
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl release [OPTIONS] [PATH...]
Description
-----------
Modified version controlled files will first be staged for commit,
afterwards a Git tag matching the pkgver will be created and finally
all build artifacts will be uploaded.
By default the target pacman repository will be auto-detected by querying
the repo it is currently released in. When initially adding a new package
to the repositories, the target repo must be specified manually.
Options
-------
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the given <msg> as the commit message
*-r, --repo* 'REPO'::
Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo.
Using this option is disallowed if the package is already released, as it
would circumvent the auto-detection safeguard.
*-s, --staging*::
Build against the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-t, --testing*::
Build against the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-u, --db-update*::
Automatically update the pacman database after uploading
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-db-update(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-repo-clean(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-clean - Remove untracked files from the working tree
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo clean [OPTION] [PATH]...
Description
-----------
Cleans the working tree by recursively removing files that are not under
version control, starting from the current directory.
Files unknown to Git as well as ignored files are removed. This can, for
example, be useful to remove all build products.
Options
-------
*-i, --interactive*::
Show what would be done and clean files interactively
*-n, --dry-run*::
Don't actually remove anything, just show what would be done
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
git-clean(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
pkgctl-repo-clone(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-clone - Clone a package repository
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo clone [OPTIONS] [PKGNAME...]
Description
-----------
Clone Git packaging repositories from the canonical namespace.
The configure command is subsequently invoked to synchronize the distro
specs and makepkg.conf settings. The unprivileged option can be used
for cloning packaging repositories without SSH access using read-only
HTTPS.
Options
-------
*-m, --maintainer* 'NAME'::
Clone all packages of the named maintainer
*--protocol* 'https'::
Clone the repository over https
*--universe*::
Clone all existing packages, useful for cache warming
*--switch* 'VERSION'::
Switch to a specified version. The working tree and the index are updated to
match the version.
*-j, --jobs* 'N'::
Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the
number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option
needs to be passed with 1.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-repo-configure(1)
pkgctl-repo-switch(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
pkgctl-repo-configure(1)
========================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-configure - Configure a clone according to distro specs
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo configure [OPTIONS] [PATH...]
Description
-----------
Configure Git packaging repositories according to distro specs and
'makepkg.conf' settings.
Git author information and the used signing key is set up from
'makepkg.conf' read from any valid location like '/etc' or 'XDG_CONFIG_HOME'.
The remote protocol is automatically determined from the author email
address by choosing SSH for all official packager identities and
read-only HTTPS otherwise.
Git default excludes and hooks are applied to the configured repo.
Options
-------
*--protocol* 'https'::
Configure remote url to use https
*-j, --jobs* 'N'::
Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the
number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option
needs to be passed with 1.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-repo-create(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-create - Create a new GitLab package repository
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo create [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
Create a new Git packaging repository in the canonical GitLab namespace.
This command requires a valid GitLab API authentication. To setup a new
GitLab token or check the currently configured one please consult the
'auth' subcommand for further instructions.
If invoked without a parameter, try to create a packaging repository
based on the 'PKGBUILD' from the current working directory.
Options
-------
*-c, --clone*::
Clone the Git repository after creation
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth(1)
pkgctl-repo-clone(1)
pkgctl-repo-configure(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
pkgctl-repo-switch(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-switch - Switch a package repository to a specified version
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo switch [OPTIONS] [VERSION] [PKGBASE]...
Description
-----------
Switch a package source repository to a specified version, tag or branch.
The working tree and the index are updated to match the specified ref.
If a version identifier is specified in the pacman version format, that
identifier is automatically translated to the Git tag name accordingly.
The current working directory is used if no PKGBASE is specified.
Options
-------
*--discard-changes*::
Proceed even if the index or the working tree differs from HEAD. Both the
index and working tree are restored to match the switching target.
*-f, --force*::
An alias for '--discard-changes'.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
pkgctl-repo-web(1)
==================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-web - Open the packaging repository's website
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo web [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
Open the packaging repository's website via xdg-open. If called with
no arguments, open the package cloned in the current working directory.
Options
-------
*--print*::
Print the url instead of opening it with xdg-open
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More